2002 altima owner's manual

250

Upload: classic-cars-nissan

Post on 22-Jun-2015

2.521 views

Category:

Automotive


3 download

DESCRIPTION

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a 2002 NISSAN ALTIMA or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey between Cherry Hill and Mount Holly. Only 20 minutes from Philadelphia. Classic Cars Nissan 1513 Route 38 Hainesport, NJ 08036 866-CLASSIC or 866-252-7742

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL
Page 2: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

ForewordWelcome to the growing family of newNISSAN owners. This vehicle is deliveredto you with confidence. It was producedusing the latest techniques and strict qualitycontrol.

This manual was prepared to help youunderstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manymiles of driving pleasure. Please readthrough this manual before operating yourvehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Book-let explains details about the warrantiescovering your vehicle. The “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide” ex-plains details about maintaining andservicing your vehicle. Additionally, aseparate Customer Care/Lemon LawBooklet (U.S. only) will explain how toresolve any concerns you may have withyour vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.

Your NISSAN dealership knows your ve-hicle best. When you require any service orhave any questions, they will be glad toassist you with the extensive resourcesavailable to them.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY

Before driving your vehicle please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safe op-eration of your vehicle.

WARNINGIMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!Follow these important rules to helpensure a safe and comfortable trip foryou and your passengers!● NEVER drive under the influence of

alcohol or drugs.● ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-

its and never drive too fast for con-ditions.

● ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seatedin the rear seat.

● ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

● ALWAYS review this owner’s manualfor important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from modificationsmay not be covered under NISSANwarranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

This manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. NISSAN reserves the rightto change specifications or design withoutnotice and without obligation.

The inside pages of this manual containa minimum of 50% recycled fibers,including 10% post-consumer fibers.

Z X

Page 3: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNINGThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTIONThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedcarefully.

If you see this symbol, it means ‘‘Do not dothis’’ or ‘‘Do not let this happen.’’

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNINGEngine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known toState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm.

© 2002 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.GARDENA, CALIFORNIA

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orby any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without theprior written permission of Nissan NorthAmerica, Inc., Gardena, California.

APD1005

The inside pages of this manual containa minimum of 50% recycled fibers,including 10% post-consumer fibers.

Z X

Page 4: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Welcome To The World Of NISSAN

Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedicationto produce the finest in safe, reliable and eco-nomical transportation. Your vehicle is the prod-uct of a successful worldwide company thatmanufactures cars and trucks in over 17 coun-tries and distributes them in 170 nations.

NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufac-tured by Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which wasfounded in Tokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSANaffiliates world wide, collectively growing to be-come the fifth largest automaker in the world. Inaddition to cars and trucks, NISSAN also makesdiversified forklift trucks, marine engines, boatsand other products.

NISSAN has made a substantial and growinginvestment in North America. NISSAN’s commit-ment is nearly $4 billion dollars in capital invest-ments in facilities across the continent. Some ofthe facilities include the Nissan Manufacturing

facility in Smyrna, Tennessee, vehicle stylingdesign at Nissan Design International in SanDiego, California, and engineering at NissanTechnical Center North America in FarmingtonHills, Michigan. Additionally, NISSAN employsnearly 18,000 people throughout the UnitedStates, Canada, and Mexico. An additional71,000 people work for the 1,500 NISSAN andINFINITI dealers across North America.

NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to theCanadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its sup-pliers and over 140 dealers employ approxi-mately 4,500 people. These include companyemployees and the staffs of NISSAN dealers allacross Canada. In addition, many Canadianswork for companies that supply NISSAN andNISSAN dealers with materials and servicesranging from the operation of port facilities andtransportation services, to the supply of lubri-cants, parts and accessories.

NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics andcomputers in automobiles, and has led the indus-try in improving both performance and fuel effi-ciency through new engine designs and the useof synthetic materials to reduce vehicle weight.The company has also developed ways to buildquality into its vehicles at each stage of theproduction process, both through extensive useof automation and — most importantly —through an awareness that people are the cen-tral element in quality control.From the time the parts arrived from our suppli-ers until you took delivery of your new NISSAN,dozens of checks were made to ensure that onlythe best job was being done in producing anddelivering your vehicle. NISSAN also takes greatcare to ensure that when you take your NISSANto your dealer for maintenance, the service techni-cian will perform his work according to the qualitystandards that have been established by Nissan.

Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. Asyou know, seat belts are an integral part of thesafety systems that will help protect you and yourpassengers in the event of a sudden stop or anaccident. We urge you to use the seat belts everytime you drive the vehicle.

The NISSAN story of growth and achievementreflects our major goal: to provide you, ourcustomer, with a vehicle that is built with qualityand craftsmanship — a product that we can beproud to build and you can be proud to own.

WFW0002

Z X

Page 5: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourNISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. mainland and Alaskacustomers

1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Hawaii customers(808) 836-0888 (Oahu Number)

For CANADIAN customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

— Your name, address, and telephonenumber

— Vehicle identification number (on dash-board)

— Date of purchase

— Current odometer reading

— Your NISSAN dealer’s name

— Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the informa-

tion on the left at:

For U.S. mainland and Alaska customersNissan North America Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, California 90248-0191

For Hawaii customersNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii2880 Kilihau St.Honolulu, Hawaii 96819

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

Z X

Page 6: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Z X

Page 7: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Table ofContents

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Page 8: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Z X

Page 9: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1 Seats, restraints and supplemental airbag systems

Seats ......................................................................1-2Front manual seat adjustment...........................1-3Front power seat adjustment (driver’sseat) (if so equipped) ........................................1-4Folding rear seat ...............................................1-6Head restraint adjustment .................................1-7

Supplemental restraint system...............................1-8Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ...............................................................1-8Supplemental air bag warning labels ..............1-19Supplemental air bag warning light.................1-19

Seat belts .............................................................1-21Precautions on seat belt usage ......................1-21Child safety......................................................1-23

Pregnant women .............................................1-24Injured persons................................................1-24Three-point type seat belt with retractor .........1-24Seat belt extenders .........................................1-28Seat belt maintenance ....................................1-28

Child restraints .....................................................1-28Precautions on child restraints ........................1-28Installation on rear seat center oroutboard positions ...........................................1-30

LATCH (Lower anchors and tether forchildren) system ...................................................1-35

Top tether strap child restraint ........................1-37Installation on front passenger seat ................1-38

Z X

Page 10: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt willnot be against your body. In an acci-dent you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide under thelap belt and receive serious internalinjuries.

● For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatproperly. See ‘‘Precautions on SeatBelt Usage’’ later in this section.

ARS1131

SEATS

1-2 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 11: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT

WARNING

● Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. The seat maymove suddenly and could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

● After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

Forward and backwardPull the lever up while you slide the seatforward or backward to the desired position.Release the lever to lock the seat in posi-tion.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever upand lean back. To bring the seatback for-ward again, pull the lever and move your-body forward.

WRS0001

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-3

Z X

Page 12: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Seat lifter (Driver’s seat) (if soequipped)Turn either dial to adjust the angle andheight of the seat cushion to the desiredposition.

FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT (Driver’s seat) (ifso equipped)

WARNING● Do not adjust the driver’s seat while

driving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. The seat maymove suddenly and could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

● Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

Operating Tips● The motor has an auto-reset overload

protection circuit. If the motor stops dur-ing operation, wait 30 seconds, then re-activate the switch.

SPA0099A LRS0016

1-4 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 13: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Do not operate the power seat switch fora long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

Forward and backwardMoving the switch forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

RecliningMove the recline switch backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switchforward and move your body forward. Theseatback will move forward. Seat lifter (if so equipped for driver’s

seat)Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle and height of theseat cushion.

Lumbar support (if so equipped fordriver’s seat)The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver. Move the leverup or down to adjust the seat lumbar area.

LRS0017 ARS1035

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-5

Z X

Page 14: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

FOLDING REAR SEAT

Interior trunk accessThe trunk can be accessed from the pas-senger side of the rear seat for loading andunloading, as shown.

To fold down the driver side of the rear seat,reach through the opening and pull on thestrap located behind the seat.

The rear seats can be locked using themaster key to prevent unauthorized access.The valet key cannot be used to lock orunlock the release button.

WARNING● Never allow anyone to ride in the

luggage area or on the rear seatwhen it is in the fold-down position.Use of these areas by passengerswithout proper restraints could re-sult in serious injury in an accidentor sudden stop.

● Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting. Donot place cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

● When returning seatbacks to the up-right position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured in the latched position, pas-

sengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

● Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to prevent themfrom playing and becoming lockedin the trunk where they could beseriously injured. Keep the carlocked, with the rear seat back se-curely latched, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to carkeys.

LRS0102

1-6 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 15: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Center armrestPull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, pull it up. Tolower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint down.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide signifi-cant protection against injury in an ac-cident. Do not remove them. Check theadjustment after someone else usesthe seat.

Adjust the head restraints so the center islevel with the center of your ears.

LRS0103 PD1319 WRS0096

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-7

Z X

Page 16: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the driver and passenger front im-pact supplemental air bags, front seat side-impact supplemental air bags, curtain airbags and front seat pre-tensioner seat belts.

Front impact supplemental air bag sys-tem: This system can help cushion theimpact force to the face and chest of thedriver and front passenger in certain frontalcollisions.

Side-impact supplemental air bag sys-tem: This system can help cushion theimpact force to the chest area of the driverand front passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The front seat side-impactsupplemental air bags are designed to in-flate on the side where the vehicle is im-pacted.

Side impact supplemental curtain air bagsystem: This system can help cushion theimpact force to the head of occupants infront and rear outboard seating positions incertain side impact collisions. The curtainair bags are designed to inflate on the side

where the vehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protec-tion provided by the driver and front passen-ger seat belts and are not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be correctlyworn and the occupant seated a suitabledistance away from the steering wheel, in-strument panel and door finishers. (See‘‘Seat belts’’ later in this section for instruc-tions and precautions on seat belt usage.)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The supplementalair bag warning light will turn off afterabout 7 seconds if the systems are op-erational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

1-8 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 17: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● The supplemental front air bags or-

dinarily will not inflate in the event ofa side impact, rear impact, roll over,or lower severity frontal collision.Always wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injuryin various kinds of accidents.

● The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and uprightin the seat. Front air bags inflate

with great force. If you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way,you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may also re-ceive serious or fatal injuries from thesupplemental front air bag if you areup against it when it inflates. Alwayssit back against the seatback and asfar away as practical from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. Alwaysuse the seat belts.

● The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The air bag system monitorsthe severity of a collision and theninflates the air bags based on beltusage. Failure to properly wear seatbelts can increase the risk or severityof injury in an accident.

● Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured when thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

ARS1132

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-9

Z X

Page 18: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

ARS1133 ARS1041

ARS1042

1-10 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 19: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● Never let children ride unrestrained

or extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previous illus-trations.

● Children may be severely injured orkilled when the supplemental frontair bag or supplemental side air baginflates if they are not properly re-strained.

● Also, never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflat-ing supplemental front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child.See ‘‘Child restraints’’ later in thissection for details.

ARS1043

ARS1044

ARS1045

ARS1046

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-11

Z X

Page 20: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNINGSupplemental side air bag and curtainair bag:

● The supplemental side air bag andcurtain air bag ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a frontal im-pact, rear impact, rollover or lowerseverity side collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

● The seat belts and the supplementalside air bags and curtain air bags aremost effective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat.The side air bag and curtain air baginflate with great force. Do not allowanyone to place their hand, leg orface near the side air bag on the sideof the seatback of the front seat ornear the side roof rails. Do not allowanyone sitting in the front seats orrear outboard seats to extend theirhand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examples of

dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustrations.

When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the supplemental side air baginflates, you may be seriously in-jured. Be especially careful with chil-dren, who should always be properlyrestrained.

● Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withsupplemental side air bag inflation.

SSS0101 SSS0140

1-12 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 21: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

SSS0159 SSS0162

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-13

Z X

Page 22: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Supplemental front air bag system

The driver supplemental air bag is located inthe center of the steering wheel; the frontpassenger supplemental air bag is mounted inthe dashboard above the glove box. These

systems are designed to meet optional certi-fication requirements under U.S. regulations.They are also permitted in Canada. The op-tional certification allows front air bags to bedesigned to inflate somewhat less forcefullythan previously. However, all of the informa-

tion, cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed. The frontair bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although they mayinflate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity frontalimpact. They may not inflate in certain frontalcollisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper supplementalair bag operation.

The supplemental air bag system has dualstage inflators for both the driver and pas-senger air bags. The system monitors infor-mation from the crash zone sensor, thediagnosis sensor unit and seat belt bucklesensors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. Inflator operation is based on theseverity of a collision and whether the seatbelts are being used.

When the supplemental front air bag in-flates, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke isnot harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Thosewith a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with the

LRS0104

1-14 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 23: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

use of seat belts, help to cushion the impactforce on the face and chest of the frontoccupants. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an inflat-ing front air bag may cause facial abrasionsor other injuries. Front air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the steeringwheel or dash board. The supplementalfront air bags inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to or is against the air bag moduleduring inflation.The air bag will deflatequickly after the collision is over.After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds ifthe system is operational.

WARNING● Do not place any objects on the steer-

ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objects

between any occupant and the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if the supple-mental front air bag inflates.

● Right after inflation, several air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. This is to prevent accidental in-flation of the air bag or damage to theair bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the supplemental frontair bag system.

● Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the steering wheel and the in-strument panel assembly by placingmaterial over the steering wheel pad

and above the instrument panel, or byinstalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

● Work around and on the supplementalfront air bag system should be doneby an authorized NISSAN retailer. In-stallation of electrical equipmentshould also be done by an authorizedNISSAN retailer. The yellow and or-ange Supplemental Restrain System(SRS) wiring and connectors shouldnot be modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the air bag system.

● A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect inflation of the supple-mental air bag system.

● The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the supple-mental front air bag system and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-15

Z X

Page 24: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Supplemental side air bag and cur-tain air bag system (if so equipped)

The supplemental side air bags are locatedin the outside of the seatback of the frontseats. The supplemental curtain air bagsare located in the roof side rails. Thesesystems are designed to meet voluntaryguidelines to help reduce the risk of injury toout-of-position occupants. However, all ofthe information, cautions and warningsin this manual still apply and must befollowed. The supplemental side air bagsand curtain air bags are designed to inflatein higher severity side collisions, although

they may inflate if the forces in another typeof collision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. They are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certainside collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack ofit) is not always an indication of propersupplemental side air bag operation.

When the supplemental side air bag andcurtain air bag inflate, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the impactforce on the chest of the front occupants.Curtain air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the frontand rear outboard seating positions. Theycan help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating side air bagand curtain air bag may cause abrasions orother injuries. Supplemental side air bagsand curtain air bags do not provide restraintto the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated asfar away as practical from the door finishersand side roof rails. The side air bags andcurtain air bag inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the side air bag and curtain airbag inflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation. Theside air bag and curtain air bag will deflatequickly after the collision is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds ifthe system is operational.

WARNING● Do not place any objects near the

seatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Such ob-jects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if the sideair bag inflates.

LRS0105

1-16 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 25: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system com-ponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn your-self.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof this side air bag and curtain airbag system. This is to prevent acci-dental inflation of the side air bagand curtain air bag or damage to theside air bag and curtain air bag sys-tem.

● Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental side air bag andcurtain air bag system.

● Tampering with the supplementalsystem may result in serious per-sonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seat by placing ma-terial near the seatback or by install-ing additional trim material, such asseat covers, around the side air bag.

● Work around and on the side air bagand curtain air bag system should bedone by an authorized NISSAN re-tailer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by anauthorized NISSAN retailer. The SRSwiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unautho-rized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be usedon the side air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easy identi-fication.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag system and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Forfront seats)

WARNING● The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot

be reused after activation. It must be

replaced together with the retractoras a unit.

● If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but the pre-tensioner is not activated, be sure tohave the pre-tensioner systemchecked and, if necessary, replacedby your NISSAN retailer.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tem. This is to prevent accidentalactivation of the pre-tensioner seatbelt or damage to the pre-tensionerseat belt operation. Tampering withthe pre-tensioner seat belt systemmay result in serious personal in-jury.

● Work around and on the pre-tensioner system should be done byan authorized NISSAN retailer. In-stallation of electrical equipmentshould also be done by an autho-rized NISSAN retailer. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment and prob-ing devices should not be used on

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-17

Z X

Page 26: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

the pre-tensioner seat belt system.

● If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, con-tact an authorized NISSAN retailer.Correct pre-tensioner disposal pro-cedures are set forth in the appropri-ate NISSAN Service Manual. Incor-rect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tem activates in conjunction with the supple-mental front air bag. Working with the seatbelt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltthe instant the vehicle becomes involved incertain types of collisions, thereby restrain-ing seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are usedthe same as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to inhale it as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner system, the supplemental air bagwarning light will not come on, willflash intermittently or will turn on for 7seconds and remain on after the ignition keyhas been turned to the ON or START posi-tion. In this case, the pre-tensioner seat beltmay not function properly. They must bechecked and repaired. Take your vehicle tothe nearest authorized NISSAN Retailer.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat belt system and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

1-18 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 27: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront air bag, supplemental side air bag andcurtain air bag systems are placed in thevehicle as shown in the illustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-playing in the instrument panel, moni-tors the circuits of the supplemental front airbag, supplemental side air bag and curtainair bag (if so equipped) and pre-tensionerseat belt systems. The circuits monitored bythe supplemental air bag warning light arethe diagnosis sensor unit, satellite sensors,front air bag modules, side air bag modules,curtain air bag modules, pre-tensioner seatbelts and all related wiring.

WRS0124 LRS0100

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-19

Z X

Page 28: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplementalside air bag and curtain air bag (if soequipped) and pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tems need servicing:

● The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplementalfront air bag, supplemental side air bagsand curtain air bag (if so equipped) orpre-tensioner seat belt systems may notoperate properly. It must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestauthorized NISSAN dealer.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental front air bag, supplemen-tal side air bag, curtain air bag systems(if so equipped) and/or pre-tensionerseat belt systems will not operate in anaccident.

Repair and replacement procedureThe supplemental front air bags, supple-mental side air bags, curtain air bags andpretensioner seat belts are designed to in-flate on a one-time-only basis. As a re-minder, unless it is damaged, the supple-mental air bag light remains illuminatedafter inflation has occurred. Repair and re-placement of these supplemental air bagsystems should be done only by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags,supplemental side air bags, pre-tensionerseat belts and related parts should bepointed out to the person conducting themaintenance. The ignition key should al-ways be in the LOCK position when workingunder the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING● Once the supplemental front air bag,

supplemental side air bag or curtainair bag has inflated, the air bag mod-ule will not function again and mustbe replaced. Additionally, if any ofthe supplemental air bags inflate, thepre-tensioner seat belts must alsobe replaced. The air bag module andpre-tensioner seat belt systemshould be replaced by an authorizedNISSAN dealer. The air bag moduleand pre-tensioner seat belt systemcannot be repaired.

● The supplemental front air bag,supplemental side air bag and cur-tain air bag systems should be in-spected by an authorized NISSANdealer if there is any damage to thefront end or side portion of the ve-hicle.

● If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag, pre-tensioner seatbelt system or scrap the vehicle,contact an authorized NISSANdealer. Correct supplemental air bagand pre-tensioner seat belt system

1-20 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 29: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

disposal procedures are set forth inthe appropriate NISSAN ServiceManual. Incorrect disposal proce-dures could cause personal injury.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, your chances of being injured orkilled in an accident and/or the severity ofinjury may be greatly reduced. NISSANstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position includesa supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and all Canadian prov-inces and territories, require that seat beltsbe worn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

WARNING● Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained and, if appropriate, ina child restraint.

● The belt should be properly adjustedto a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in an acci-dent. Serious injury or death can occurif the seat belt is not worn properly.

ARS1134

SEAT BELTS

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-21

Z X

Page 30: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

● Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THE HIPS,NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt worn toohigh could increase the risk of inter-nal injuries in an accident.

● Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

● Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

● Do not allow more than one personto use the same belt.

● Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

● Once the pre-tensioner seat belt hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. See your NISSAN dealer.

● Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system compo-nents should be done by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

● All seat belt assemblies includingretractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any colli-sion by an authorized NISSANdealer. NISSAN recommends that all

ARS1049 ARS1047 ARS1050

1-22 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 31: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

seat belt assemblies in use during acollision be replaced unless the col-lision was minor and the belts showno damage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

● All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they are dam-aged.

CHILD SAFETYChildren need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properly re-strained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 pounds, (9 kg) should beplaced in rear facing child restraints. Forwardfacing child restraints are available for chil-dren who outgrow rear facing child restraints.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts maynot fit them properly. The shoulder beltmay come too close to the face or neck.The lap belt may not fit over their smallhip bones. In an accident, an improp-erly fitting seat belt could cause seri-ous or fatal injury. Always use appro-priate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See‘‘Child Restraints’’ later in this section.

In addition, there are many types of childrestraints available for larger children whichshould be used for maximum protection.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rearseat if possible. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat. This is especially importantbecause your vehicle has a supplemen-tal restraint system (Air bag system) forthe front passenger. See ‘‘Supplementalrestraint system’’ earlier in this section.

Infants and small childrenNISSAN recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle andalways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for child re-straints should be seated and restrained bythe seat belts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulderbelt that fits close to the face or neck, theuse of a booster seat (commercially avail-able) may help overcome this. The boosterseat should raise the child so that the shoul-der belt is properly positioned across thetop, middle portion of the shoulder and thelap belt is low on the hips. The booster seatshould fit the vehicle seat and have a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once thechild has grown so the shoulder belt is nolonger on or near the face and neck, use theshoulder belt without the booster seat.

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-23

Z X

Page 32: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo areas while the vehicle is mov-ing. The child could be seriously in-jured or killed in an accident.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt aslow as possible around the hips, not thewaist. Place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specific rec-ommendations.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING● Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

● Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt willnot be against your body. In an acci-dent you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide under thelap belt and receive serious internalinjuries.

ARS1051 WRS0029

1-24 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 33: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatproperly. See “Precautions on seatbelt usage” earlier in this section.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac-tor and insert the tongue into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.

The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion permits the seat belt tomove, and allows you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack.

The front passenger seat belt and the rearthree-point seat belts have a cinchingmechanism for child restraint installation. Itis referred to as the automatic lockingmode.

When automatic locking mode is activatedthe seat belt cannot be withdrawn furtheruntil the seat belt tongue is detached fromthe buckle and fully retracted. Once re-

ARS1052 ARS1162

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-25

Z X

Page 34: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

tracted, the seat belt is in the emergencylocking mode. See ‘‘Child Restraints’’ laterin this section for more information.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a passen-ger, the locking mode should not beactivated. If it is activated it may causeuncomfortable seat belt tension.

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, press the buttonon the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement using two separatemethods:

1) When the seat belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor.

2) When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check their operation as follows.

● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull quicklyforward. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck or if you have any questions aboutbelt operation, see an authorized NISSANdealer.

ARS1054

1-26 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 35: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Shoulder belt height adjustment(For front seats)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See‘‘Precautions on seat belt usage’’ earlier inthis section.) To adjust, push the adjustmentbutton and move the shoulder belt anchor tothe desired position, so the belt passes overthe center of the shoulder. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but notfalling off of your shoulder. Release theadjustment button to lock the shoulder beltanchor into position.

WARNING● After adjustment, release the adjust-

ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed inposition.

● The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the en-tire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident.

Center of rear seatSelecting correct set of seat belts:

The center seat belt buckle is identified bythe CENTER mark. The center seat belttongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.

LRS0107 LRS0106

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-27

Z X

Page 36: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulderbelt and fasten it, an extender is availablewhich is compatible with the installed seatbelts. The extender adds approximately 8inches (200 mm) of length and may be usedfor either the driver or front passenger seat-ing position. See your NISSAN dealer forassistance if an extender is required.

WARNING● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,

made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

● Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal in-jury in the event of an accident.

Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE● To clean the seat belt webbings, apply

a mild soap solution or any solution rec-ommended for cleaning upholstery orcarpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allowthe seat belts to dry in the shade. Do notallow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

● If dirt builds up on the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoul-der belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

● Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, suchas buckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors, work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should be re-placed.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING● Infants and small children should

always be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in the ve-hicle. Failure to use a child restraintcan result in serious injury or death.

● Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is notpossible for even the strongest adultto resist the forces of a severe

ARS1098

CHILD RESTRAINTS

1-28 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 37: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

accident. The child could be crushedbetween the adult and parts of thevehicle. Also, do not put the sameseat belt around both your child andyourself.

● Never install a rear-facing child re-straint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could se-riously injure or kill your child. Arear-facing child restraint must onlybe used in the rear seat.

● NISSAN recommends that the childrestraint be installed in the rear seat.According to accident statistics,children are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

● An improperly installed child re-straint could lead to serious injury ordeath in an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed tobe installed with a lap belt or the lap portionof a three-point type seat belt. In addition,this vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint lower anchor system, referredto as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and

Tether for Children) system. Some childrestraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to these lower anchors. For details,see the ‘‘LATCH (Lower Anchors andTether for Children) system’’ later in thissection.

Child restraints for infants and children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manu-facturers. When selecting any child re-straint, keep the following points in mind:1) Choose only a restraint with a label cer-

tifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

2) Check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

3) If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Always followall recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and provinces of Canadarequire that infants and small children berestrained in approved child restraints at

all times while the vehicle is beingoperated.

WARNING● Improper use of a child restraint can

result in increased injuries for boththe infant or child and other occu-pants in the vehicle.

● Follow all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use. When purchasing achild restraint, be sure to select onewhich will fit your child and vehicle.It may not be possible to properlyinstall some types of child restraintsin your vehicle.

● If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a suddenstop greatly increases.

● Adjustable seatbacks should be po-sitioned to fit the child restraint, butas upright as possible.

● After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child in it.Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug it

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-29

Z X

Page 38: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

forward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten thebelt as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test itagain.

● For a front-facing child restraint, ifthe seat position where it is installedhas a three-point type lap/shoulderbelt, check to make sure the shoulderbelt does not go in front of the child’sface or neck. If it does, put the shoul-der belt behind the child restraint. Ifyou must install a front-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see ‘‘Instal-lation on front passenger seat’’ laterin this section for details.

● When your child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with a seat beltto prevent it from being thrownaround in case of a sudden stop oraccident.

CAUTIONRemember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATCENTER OR OUTBOARD POSI-TIONS

WARNING● The three-point belt in your vehicle

is equipped with a locking mode re-tractor which must be used wheninstalling a child restraint.

● Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The re-straint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or collision.

1-30 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 39: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Front facingWhen you install a child restraint in the rearseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Itcan be placed in a front facing direction,depending on the size of the child. Al-ways follow the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

WRS0007 WRS0008 SSS0043

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-31

Z X

Page 40: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, theseat belt retractor is in the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts back to emergency locking modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe seat belt to remove any slack in thebelt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure that it is securely held inplace.

6. Check that the retractor is in the auto-matic locking mode by trying to pull moreseat belt out of the retractor. If you can-not pull any more belt webbing out of theretractor, the seat belt is in the automaticlocking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to each

SSS0107 SSS0062 SSS0108

1-32 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 41: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

use. If the belt is not locked, repeat stepsthree through six.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

Rear facingWhen you install a child restraint in the rearseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.The direction of the child restraint de-pends on the type of the child restraintand the size of the child. Always followthe restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0155 WRS0009

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-33

Z X

Page 42: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, theseat belt retractor is in the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts to emergency locking mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe seat belt to remove any slack in thebelt.

SSS0046 WRS0010 SSS0109

1-34 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 43: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure that it is securely held inplace.

6. Check that the retractor is in the auto-matic locking mode by trying to pull moreseat belt out of the retractor. If you can-not pull any more seat belt webbing outof the retractor, the seat belt is in theautomatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to each

use. If the belt is not locked, repeat stepsthree through six.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat beltonly locks during a sudden stop or impact.

WARNING

● Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown. If a child restraint is not se-cured properly, your child could beseriously injured or killed in an acci-dent.

● Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position usingthe LATCH system anchors. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly.

SSS0110 LRS0117

LATCH (LOWER ANCHORSAND TETHER FORCHILDREN) SYSTEM

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-35

Z X

Page 44: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● The LATCH system anchors are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstance arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. This sys-tem is known as the LATCH (Lower An-chors and Tether for Children) system. Thissystem may also be referred to as theISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. Withthis system, you do not have to use avehicle seat belt to secure the child re-straint. Your vehicle is equipped with spe-cial anchor points that are used with LATCHsystem compatible child restraints. Checkyour child restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with the LATCH system. Thisinformation may also be in the child restraintowner’s manual. If you have such a childrestraint, refer to the illustration for the rearseating positions equipped with LATCHsystem anchors which can be used to se-cure the child restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located atthe rear of the seat cushion near the seat-back. A label is attached to the seat back tohelp you locate the LATCH system anchors.

LATCH child restraints generally require theuse of a top tether strap. See ‘‘Top TetherStrap Child Restraint’’ later in this sectionfor installation instructions.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

When you install a LATCH system compat-ible child restraint to the lower anchor at-tachments in the rear seat, follow thesesteps:

WARNINGInspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are noobstructions over the LATCH systemanchors, such as seat belt webbing orseat cushion material. The child re-straint will not be secured properly ifthe LATCH system anchors are ob-structed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatiblechild restraint, insert the child restraintLATCH system anchor attachments intothe anchor points on the rear seat. If thechild restraint is equipped with a toptether, see ‘‘Top Tether Strap Child Re-straint’’ later in this section for installationinstructions.

2. After attaching the child restraint andbefore placing the child in it, use force totilt the child restraint from side to side andtug it forward to make sure that the childrestraint is securely held in place.

3. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse.

1-36 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 45: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-STRAINTIf your child restraint has a top tether strap,it must be secured to the provided anchorpoint. First, secure the child restraint withthe rear seat belt.

Flip up the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind thechild seat.

Secure the top tether strap to the anchorbracket. Tighten the strap to remove anyslack according to the manufacturer instruc-tions for the child restraint.

WARNINGChild restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rear parcelshelf finisher.

If you have any questions when install-ing a top strap child restraint on the rearseat, consult your NISSAN dealer fordetails.

LRS0108

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-37

Z X

Page 46: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

INSTALLATION ON FRONT PAS-SENGER SEAT

WARNING● Never install a rear-facing child re-

straint in the front passenger seat.Supplemental front air bags inflatewith great force. A rear-facing childrestraint could be struck by thesupplemental front air bag in a crashand could seriously injure or killyour child.

● NISSAN recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install aforward-facing child restraint in thefront passenger seat, move the pas-senger seat to the rear most posi-tion.

● A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

● The three-point seat belt in your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must be usedwhen installing a child restraint.

● Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The re-straint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or collision.

ARS1135

1-38 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 47: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

If you must install a child restraint in the frontseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. It should be placed ina forward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rear most position. Alwaysfollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Child restraints for infantsmust be used in the rear-facing direc-tion and therefore must not be used inthe front seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, theseat belt retractor is in the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts back to emergency locking modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

WRS0019 ARS1073 ARS1034

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-39

Z X

Page 48: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe seat belt to remove any slack in thebelt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure it is securely held in place.

6. Check that the retractor is in the auto-matic locking mode by trying to pull moreseat belt out of the retractor. If you can-not pull any more belt webbing out of theretractor, the seat belt is in the automaticlocking mode.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thelap belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode) is can-celed.

ARS1074 ARS1079

1-40 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z X

Page 49: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

MEMO

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-41

Z X

Page 50: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel ....................................................2-2Meters and gauges ................................................2-3

Speedometer and odometer .............................2-3Trip computer ....................................................2-3Tachometer........................................................2-6Engine coolant temperature gauge...................2-6Fuel gauge ........................................................2-7

Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders................................................................2-8

Checking bulbs..................................................2-8Warning lights....................................................2-8Indicator lights .................................................2-11Audible reminders............................................2-12

Security systems ..................................................2-13Nissan vehicle immobilizer system(NVIS) ..............................................................2-13Vehicle security system (if so equipped) ........2-14

Windshield wiper and washer switch...................2-17Switch operation..............................................2-17

Rear window defogger switch..............................2-17Headlight and turn signal switch..........................2-18

Xenon headlights.............................................2-18

Headlight switch ..............................................2-19Autolamp system (if so equipped)...................2-20Turn signal switch............................................2-21

Fog light switch (if so equipped) ..........................2-21Hazard warning flasher switch.............................2-23Horn......................................................................2-23Heated seats (if so equipped)..............................2-24Traction control system (TCS) cancel switch(if so equipped) ....................................................2-25Power outlet .......................................................2-25Storage.................................................................2-26

Seatback pockets (if so equipped)..................2-26Seatback side pockets (if so equipped) ..........2-26Sunglasses case .............................................2-26Cup holders .....................................................2-27Glove box ........................................................2-28Console box ....................................................2-28Covered storage box.......................................2-29Cargo net (if so equipped) ..............................2-30

Windows...............................................................2-31Power windows................................................2-31

Sunroof (if so equipped).......................................2-33

Z X

Page 51: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Interior light...........................................................2-34Map lights .............................................................2-34Trunk light.............................................................2-35HomeLinkT universal transceiver (if soequipped) .............................................................2-35

Programming HomeLinkT................................2-36Programming HomeLinkT for Canadiancustomers ........................................................2-36

Operating the HomeLinkT universaltransceiver .......................................................2-37Programming trouble-diagnosis.......................2-37Clearing the programmed information.............2-37Rolling code programming ..............................2-37Reprogramming a single HomeLinkTbutton...............................................................2-38If your vehicle is stolen....................................2-38

Z X

Page 52: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1. Headlight and turn signal switch

2. Meters and gauges

3. Windshield wiper/washer switch

4. Center ventilator

5. Audio system

6. Front passenger supplemental air bag

7. Glove box

8. Heater and air conditioner

9. Hazard warning flasher switch

10. Power point

11. Rear window defogger switch

12. Cruise control main/set switch

13. Driver supplemental air bag

14. Steering wheel switch for audio control

15. Tilt/telescopic steering wheel lever

16. Traction control system (TLS) cancelswitch

17. Instrument brightness control

18. Outside mirror remote control

LIC0161

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 53: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

SPEEDOMETER ANDODOMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MP/H) and kilometers perhour (km/h).

Odometer/Twin trip odometerThe odometer/twin trip odometer are dis-played when the igntion key is in the ONposition.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distanceof individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the change button changes thedisplay as follows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → Outside temperature→ Distance to Empty → Average economy→ Average speed → Elapsed time →Trip A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the change button for more than 1second resets the trip odometer to zero.

TRIP COMPUTERThe display of the trip computer is situated

LIC0162 WIC0182

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

Z X

Page 54: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

in the speedometer display. When the igni-tion is turned to ON, the display scrolls allthe modes of the trip computer and thenshows the mode chosen before the ignitionswitch is turned OFF.

If the battery terminal is disconnected,push the trip computer mode switchmore than 1 second to activate the com-puter.

When the ignition switch is turned to ON,modes of the trip computer can be selectedby pushing the trip mode switch on thesteering wheel switch for audio controls orby the trip computer change button. Thefollowing modes can be selected:

Outside air temperature (ICY–°F or°C)The outside air temperature is displayed in°F or °C.

The outside air temperature mode includesa low temperature warning feature: below37°F (3°C), the outside air temperature

mode is automatically selected and ICY willilluminate in order to draw the driver’s atten-tion. Press the mode switch if you wish toreturn to the mode that was selected beforethe warning occurred. The ICY indicator willcontinue blinking as long as the tempera-ture remains below 39°F (4°C).

The ambient temperature sensor is locatedin front of the radiator. The sensor may beaffected by road or engine heat, wind direc-tions and other driving conditions. The dis-play may differ from the actual ambienttemperature or the temperature displayedon various signs or billboards.

Distance to empty (dte–mile or km)The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance thatcan be driven before refueling. The dte isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actualfuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode inlcudes a low range warningfeature: when the fuel level is low, the dtemode is automatically selected and the dig-its blink in order to draw the driver’s atten-tion. Press the mode switch if you wish to

WIC0159

2-4 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 55: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

return to the mode that was selected beforethe warning occurred. The dte mark (dte)will remain blinking until the vehicle is refu-elled.

When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to (----).

NOTE:

● If the amount of fuel added while theignition switch is OFF is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switchis turned OFF may continue to bedisplayed.

● When driving uphill or roundingcurves, the fuel in the tank shifts,which may momentairly change thedisplay.

Average fuel consumption(Mpg or l/100km)

The Average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pressing themode switch for more than approximately 1second. The display is updated every 30seconds. At about the first 1/3 miles (500 m)after a reset, the display shows (----).

Average speed (MPH or km/h)The average speed mode shows the aver-age vehicle speed since last reset. Reset-ting is done by pressing the mode switch formore than approximately 1 minute. Thedisplay is updated every 30 seconds. Thefirst 30 seconds after a reset, the displayshows (----).

Journey timeThe journey time mode shows the timesince the last reset. The displayed time canbe reset by pressing the mode switch formore than approximately 1 second.

NOTE:

If a low temperature warning and lowrange warning occur simultaneously,other display modes switch automati-cally to the outside temperature display.

When the mode switch is pushed, thedisplay switches to the mode chosenbefore the warning display, and the out-side air temperature indicator markedICY will blink.

WIC0187

Instruments and controls 2-5

Z X

Page 56: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (r/min).

CAUTIONWhen engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear. Oper-ating the engine in the red zone maycause serious engine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-TURE GAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and driving con-ditions.

CAUTIONIf the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature over the normal range,stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos-sible. If the engine is overheated, con-tinued operation of the vehicle mayseriously damage the engine. See the‘‘In case of emergency’’ section forimmediate action required.

WIC0188 LIC0165

2-6 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 57: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during brak-ing, turning, acceleration, or going up ordown hills.

The gauge needle returns to empty (E) afterthe ignition key is turned to OFF.

The warning indicator light comes on whenthe amount of fuel in the tank is getting low.Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters E (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel filler lid islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION● If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the

malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soonas possible. After a few driving trips,the lamp should turn off. If thelamp remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected byan authorized NISSAN dealer.

● For additional information, see the‘‘Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)’’later in this section.

LIC0166

Instruments and controls 2-7

Z X

Page 58: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CHECKING BULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake and turn the ignition key to the ONposition without starting the engine. Thefollowing lights come on:

, or , , ,

The following lights come on briefly andthen go off:

or , , ,

If any light fails to come on, it mayindicate a burned-out bulb or an opencircuit in the electrical system. Have thesystem repaired promptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop

the engine immediately and call an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level.See ‘‘Engine oil’’ in the ‘‘Maintenance anddo-it-yourself’’ section.

or Brake warning light Low washer fluid warning light Supplemental air bag warning light

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights or Anti-lock brake warning light Low fuel warning light

High beam indicator light Malfunction indicator lamp(emission system) Trunk open warning light

Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Traction control off indicator light

Door open warning light CRUISE main switch indicator light(if so equipped) Slip indicator light

Seat belt warning light and chime Cruise SET switch indicator light(if so equipped)

WARNING/INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLEREMINDERS

2-8 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 59: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging system isnot functioning properly. Turn the engine offand check the generator belt. If the belt isloose, broken, missing, or if the light remainson, see an authorized NISSAN dealer immedi-ately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doorsare not closed securely while the ignitionkey is ON.

Trunk open warning light

This light comes on when the trunk lid is notsecurely closed while the ignition key is ON.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenyour seat belts. The light illuminates when-ever the ignition key is turned to ON, andremains illuminated until the driver’s seatbelt is fastened. At the same time, the chimesounds for about seven seconds unless thedriver’s seat belt is securely fastened.

Refer to ‘‘Seat belts’’ in the ‘‘Seats, re-straints and supplemental air bag systems’’section for precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental sideair bag (if so equipped) and pre-tensioner seat

belt systems need servicing and your vehiclemust be taken to an authorized NISSANdealer:

● The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pre-tensioner seat belts may notfunction properly. For additional details, see‘‘Supplemental restraint system’’ in the‘‘Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems’’ section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental air bag or supplementalside air bag system (if so equipped) orpre-tensioner seat belt system will notoperate in an accident.

Instruments and controls 2-9

Z X

Page 60: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer fluid isat a low level. Add washer fluid as neces-sary. See the ‘‘Maintenance and Do-it-yourself’’ section.

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

When the ignition key is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brake isapplied, and also warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engineis running with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. See ‘‘Brake and clutchfluid’’ in the ‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of this Owner’s Manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thebrake system checked by an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

● Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for repairs.Otherwise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could be danger-ous.

● Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or a low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

● If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

or Anti-lock brakewarning light(if so equipped)

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock portionof the brake system is not functioning prop-

erly. Have the system checked by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

Turn off the engine, and start it again byslowly turning the ignition key (quicklydoing so may cause the ABS light to stayon when there is nothing wrong). If thelight stays on, have the system checkedby an authorized NISSAN dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function ceases, but the regularbraking system continues to operate.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact an authorized NISSAN dealer forrepair.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel level inthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches E (Empty). There will be asmall reserve of fuel in the tank when thefuel gauge needle reaches E (Empty).

2-10 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 61: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The appropriate light flashes when the turnsignal switch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch isturned on.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the lowbeam is selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.

Cruise main switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the main switch is pushed again.While the cruise main switch indicator lightcomes on, the cruise control system isoperational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the cruise control system. Ifthe light blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate the cruise control system is notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked by your NISSAN dealer.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If this indicator lamp comes on steady orblinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate a potential emission control mal-function.

The malfunction indicator lamp may alsocome on steady if the fuel filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least three gallons of fuel inthe fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lampshould turn off if no other potential emissioncontrol system malfunction exists.

OperationThe malfunction indicator lamp will come onin one of two ways:

● Malfunction indicator lamp on steady - Anemission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Check the fuel filler cap. Ifthe fuel filler cap is loose or missing,tighten or install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The lamp shouldturn off after a few driving trips. If the

lamp does not turn off after a fewdriving trips, have the vehicle inspectedby an authorized NISSAN dealer. You donot need to have your vehicle towed tothe dealer.

● Malfunction indicator lamp blinking - Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control sys-tem. To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:

a) do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

c) avoid steep uphill grades.d) if possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.

Instruments and controls 2-11

Z X

Page 62: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

The malfunction indicator lamp may stopblinking and come on steady. Have thevehicle inspected by an authorized NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your ve-hicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTIONContinued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Traction control off indicatorlight

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the light will illuminate. The lightwill turn off after about 2 seconds if thetraction control system (TCS) is operational.

If the light stays on or comes on when youare driving, it may indicate the traction con-trol system is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked by your NISSANdealer.

The light comes on when the traction controloff switch is pushed to OFF. This indicatesthe traction control system is not operating.

Push the traction control off switch again orrestart the engine and the system will oper-ate normally. See “Traction control” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the tractioncontrol system is limiting wheelspin. Slip-pery road conditions may exist if the slipindicator blinks on. If this happens, adjustyour driving accordingly.

The slip indicator light also comes on whenyou turn the ignition key to ON. The light willturn off after about 2 seconds if the systemis operational. If the light does not come onor go off, have the traction control systemchecked by your NISSAN dealer. The sys-tem operates in all transmission shift leverpositions. But the system can upshift thetransmission only as high as the indicatedshift lever position.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires re-placement, it makes a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion,whether or not the brake pedal is depressed.Have the brakes checked as soon as pos-sible if the warning sound is heard.

Key reminder chimeA chime sounds if the driver’s door isopened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch. Remove the key and take it with youwhen leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch in the OFF position,a chime sounds when the driver’s door isopened with the headlight switch on.Turn the headlight switch OFF when leavingthe vehicle.

2-12 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 63: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Your vehicle has two types of security sys-tems:

● Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System-NVIS

● Vehicle security system (if so equipped)

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM (NVIS)

The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System(NVIS) will not allow the engine to startwithout the use of a registered NVIS key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredNVIS key (for example, when interference iscaused by another NVIS key, an automatedtoll road device or automated payment deviceon the key ring), restart the engine using thefollowing procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately 5seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the inter-ference) separate from the registeredNVIS key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, Nissanrecommends placing the registered NVISkey on a separate key ring to avoid interfer-ence from other devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for Nissan Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY - IMMOBILIZER,ANT ASSY - IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause undes-ired operation of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANU-FACTURER FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OP-ERATE THE EQUIPMENT.

IC0005

SECURITY SYSTEMS

Instruments and controls 2-13

Z X

Page 64: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Security indicator light (Nissan Ve-hicle Immobilizer System)

The security indicator light blinks every 3seconds whenever the ignition switch is inthe LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This func-tion indicates the Nissan Vehicle Immobi-lizer System (NVIS) is operational.

If the NVIS is malfunctioning, the light willremain on while the ignition key is in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see your Nissandealer for NVIS service as soon as pos-

sible. Please bring all NVIS keys that youhave when visiting your NISSAN dealerfor service.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (ifso equipped)The vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if parts of thevehicle are disturbed.

Security indicator light (Vehicle se-curity system)

The security indicator light shows the statusof the vehicle security system.

The light operates whenever the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK, OFF, or ACC posi-tion.

The vehicle security system has fourphases. For each phase the operation of thesecurity indicator light is different.

LIC0167 LIC0167

2-14 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 65: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows. (The system can be

armed even if the windows are open).

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close the hood, trunk lid and all doors.Lock all doors. The doors can be lockedwith the key, power door lock switch orwith the keyfob.

Keyfob operation:

● Push the button on the keyfob. Alldoors lock. The hazard lights flashtwice and the horn beeps once toindicate all doors are locked.

● When the button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard lights flashtwice and the horn beeps once as areminder that the doors are alreadylocked.The horn may or may not beep once.Refer to ‘‘Silencing the horn beep fea-ture’’ later in this section for details.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicator lightcomes on. The SECURITY light stays onfor about 30 seconds. The vehicle securitysystem is now pre-armed. After about 30

seconds the vehicle security system auto-matically shifts into the armed phase. TheSECURITY light begins to flash once ev-ery three seconds. If, during the 30-second pre-arm time period, the door isunlocked by the key or the keyfob, or theignition key is turned to ACC or ON, thesystem will not arm.

● If the key is turned slowly when lock-ing the door, the system may not arm.Furthermore, if the key is turned ex-cessively to the unlock position, thesystem may be disarmed when the keyis removed. If the indicator light fails toglow for 30 seconds, unlock the dooronce and lock it again.

● Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willarm with all doors, hood and trunk lidclosed and locked with the ignitionkey in the OFF position.

Vehicle security system activation

The vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

● The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

LIC0053

Instruments and controls 2-15

Z X

Page 66: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-pered with again. The alarm can be shutoff by unlocking a door or trunk lid withthe key, or by pressing the button onthe keyfob.

The alarm is activated by:

● opening the door or trunk lid withoutusing the key or keyfob (even if the dooris unlocked by releasing the door insidelock switch) or opening the trunk lid byoperating the opener lever.

● opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking a door orthe trunk lid with the key, or by pressingthe button on the keyfob.

Silencing the horn beep feature

If desired, the horn beep feature can bedeactivated using the keyfob. The instruc-tions are on the back of the keyfob.

To deactivate: Press and hold the andbuttons for at least two seconds.

The hazard lights will flash three times toconfirm that the horn beep feature has beendeactivated.

To activate: Press and hold the andbuttons for at least two seconds once

more.

The hazard lights will flash once and thehorn will sound once to confirm that the hornbeep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

LIC0168

2-16 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 67: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

SWITCH OPERATION

Push the lever down to operate the wind-shield wipers. Pull the lever toward you tooperate the washer.

The intermittent operation speed is as fol-lows:

● When the vehicle speed is continuouslylow, so is the intermittent operationspeed.

● When the vehicle speed is continuouslyhigh, so is the intermittent operationspeed.

LO: Continuous low speed operation

HI: Continuous high speed operation

The wipers automatically cycle twice whenthe washer is activated.

CAUTION● Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.● Do not operate the washer if the

reservoir tank is empty.

WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which maylead to an accident. Warm the wind-shield with the defroster before youwash the windshield.

To defog the rear window glass, start theengine and push the rear window defoggerswitch on. The rear window defogger indi-cator light on the switch comes on. Push theswitch again to turn the defogger off.

The rear window defogger switch automati-cally turns off after approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of thewindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defogger.

WIC0183LIC0170

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGERSWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-17

Z X

Page 68: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

NOTE: The top few rows of wires on the rearwindow are not part of the rear windowdefogging system. These wires make up theantenna for the audio system.

XENON HEADLIGHTSWARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

● When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced atan authorized NISSAN dealer.

● Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to an authorized NISSAN dealerand have the headlights adjustedcorrectly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turnedon, its brightness or color varies slightly.However, the color and brightness will soonstabilize.

● The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not toturn off the headlights for short inter-vals, (for example, when the vehiclestops at a traffic signal). Even whenthe daytime running lights are active(Canada only), the xenon headlightsdo not turn on. This way the life of thexenon headlights is not reduced.

● If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will dras-tically decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact aNISSAN dealer.

HEADLIGHT AND TURNSIGNAL SWITCH

2-18 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 69: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

LightingTurn the switch to the position: Theparking, rear combination, side marker, li-cense plate and instrument panel lightscome on.Turn the switch to the position:

The headlights come on and all the otherlights remain on.

To select the high beam function, push thelever forward. The high beam lights comeon and the indicator light illuminates. Pull itback to select the low beam.

WIC0184

Instruments and controls 2-19

Z X

Page 70: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Instrument brightness control

The instrument cluster illuminates when theignition switch is in ON position.

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the AUTO,

or position.

Turn the control to adjust the brightness ofinstrument panel lights when driving at night.

The instrument brightness control will notadjust the brightness when the headlights orparking lights are off.

Passing signalPulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.

Daytime running light system(Canada only)The headlights automatically illuminate at areduced intensity when the engine is startedwith the parking brake released. The day-time running lights operate with the head-light switch in the OFF position or in the

position. Turn the headlight switch tothe position for full illumination whendriving at night.If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lightsdo not illuminate. The daytime running lightsilluminate once the parking brake is re-leased. The daytime running lights will re-main on until the ignition switch is turned off.

WARNINGWhen the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turnon your headlights. Failure to do socould cause an accident injuring your-self and others.

AUTOLAMP SYSTEM(if so equipped)

The autolamp system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and off automati-cally. The autolamp system can turn on theheadlights automatically when it is dark,turn off the headlights when it is light, andkeep the headlights on for up to 45 secondsafter you turn the key to OFF and all doorsare closed.

If the ignition switch is turned OFF and oneof the doors is opened, the headlights re-main ON for five minutes.

WIC0185 LIC0135

2-20 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 71: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

To set the autolamp system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition key to ON.

3. The autolamp system automatically turnsthe headlights on and off.

To turn the autolamp system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, , or position.

Be sure you do not put anything on topof the autolamp sensor located in the topdriver side of the instrument panel. Theautolamp sensor controls the autolamp;if it is covered, the autolamp sensorreacts as if it is dark out and the head-lights will illuminate. If this occurs whileparked with the engine off and the key inthe ON position, your vehicle’s batterycould become discharged.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

Lane change signalTo signal a lane change, move the lever upor down to the point where the indicator lightbegins to flash, but the lever does not latch.

Normal operation of the fog lights in theON position:

Headlight switch in the AUTO position;daytime operation

● Fog lights, marker and taillights comeON.

● Headlights do not come ON.

● Dash readouts dim unless the dimmerswitch is on full bright.

● If the ignition switch is in the OFF positionwith the fog lights turned ON, a warningchime will sound indicating the fog lights

LIC0173

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)

Instruments and controls 2-21

Z X

Page 72: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

were left ON. The fog lights will be turnedOFF by the Battery Saver function ap-proximately 5 minutes after the last dooris closed.

● If the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition after the fog lights were turnedOFF by the Battery Saver function, thefog lights will immediately come backON.

Headlight switch in the AUTO position;nighttime operation

● Fog lights, marker and taillights comeON.

● Headlights come ON.

● Dash readouts dim unless the dimmerswitch is on full bright.

● If the ignition switch is in the OFF positionwith the fog lights turned ON, the foglights will be turned OFF by the TwilightSentinel function approximately 45 sec-onds after the last door is closed. Whenany door is opened when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position, the TwilightSentinel function operates for approxi-mately 5 minutes. After approximately 5

minutes, the lights will turn OFF due tothe Battery Saver function.

● If the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition after the fog lights were turnedOFF by the Twilight Sentinel function, thefog lights and the headlights will comeON together when the Auto Light Sensordetermines it is dark enough. The foglights will now operate independently ofthe headlights only if the headlight switchis turned OFF.

● When the high-beams are turned ON, thefog lights will turn OFF. The fog lights willcome back ON when the high-beams areturned OFF.

Headlights turned ON and OFF by thedriver (no AUTO headlight function); dayor nighttime operation

● Same operation as ‘‘Headlight switch inthe AUTO position; daytime operation’’described above.

Some of the Battery Saver and TwilightSentinel functions can be turned ONand OFF or adjusted. Please see yourNISSAN dealer if you have any ques-tions.

To turn the fog lights OFF, turn the switch tothe OFF position.

The fog lights automatically turn off when-ever the high-beam headlight function isselected.

2-22 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 73: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING● If stopping for an emergency, be

sure to move the vehicle well off theroad.

● Do not use the switch while movingon the highway unless unusual cir-cumstances force you to drive soslowly that your vehicle might be-come a hazard to other traffic.

● Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers can be actuated with the igni-tion switch either OFF or ON.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

To sound the horn, push the center padarea of the steering wheel.

WARNINGDo not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

LIC0174 WIC0119

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

HORN

Instruments and controls 2-23

Z X

Page 74: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

The front seats (if so equipped) are warmedby built-in heaters. The switches are locatedon the center console.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the low or high position of theswitch, as desired, depending on thetemperature. The indicator light in theswitch will illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on andoff. The indicator light will remain on aslong as the switch is on.

3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn theswitch off.

CAUTION● Do not use the seat heater for ex-

tended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

● Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-wise, the seat may become over-heated.

● Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

● Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

● When cleaning the seat, never usebenzine, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

● If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by your NISSAN dealer.

● The battery could run down if theheater is operated while the engineis not running.

LIC0136

HEATED SEATS (if soequipped)

2-24 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 75: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

To cancel the Traction Control System(TCS), push the “TCS OFF” switch to turnoff the system. The indicator willcome on.

Push the “TCS OFF” switch again or restartthe engine and the system will operatenormally. See “Traction control system” inthe “Starting and driving” section.

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.

CAUTION

● Take care as the outlet and plug maybe hot during or immediately afteruse.

● This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

● Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

LIC0134 LIC0142 WIC0186

TRACTION CONTROLSYSTEM (TCS) CANCELSWITCH (if so equipped)

POWER OUTLET

Instruments and controls 2-25

Z X

Page 76: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Use this power outlet with the enginerunning. (If the engine is stopped,this could result in a discharged bat-tery.)

● Avoid using when the air conditioner,headlights or rear window defogger ison.

● Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned off.

● Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tempera-ture fuse may blow.

● When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water to contact thesocket.

SEATBACK POCKETS (if soequipped)The seatback pockets are located on theback of the driver and passenger seats. Thepockets can be used to store maps.

SEATBACK SIDE POCKETS (if soequipped)A seatback side pocket is located on theinboard side of the front passenger seat.

SUNGLASSES CASEThe sunglasses case can be opened bypushing the button.

WARNINGThe sunglasses case should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

LIC0016 LIC0137

STORAGE

2-26 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 77: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CAUTION● Do not use for anything other than

sunglasses.

● Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses case while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage thesunglasses.

CUP HOLDERSTo open the front cup holders, lift the con-sole cover. To close, lower the consolecover.

The rubber insert may be removed forcleaning.

The rear cupholders are located in the fold-down armrest in the rear seat back.

WARNINGThe cup holder should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION● Avoid abrupt starting and braking

when the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liq-uid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

WIC0138 LIC0175

Instruments and controls 2-27

Z X

Page 78: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

GLOVE BOXThe glove box opens by pulling the handle.When locking or unlocking the glove box,use the master key. The valet key cannot beused to lock or unlock the glove box.

WARNINGKeep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident ora sudden stop.

CONSOLE BOXWARNING

The center console box should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION● This power socket is not designed

for use with a cigarette lighter unit.

● Do not use accessories that exceed12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Donot use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

LIC0176

2-28 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 79: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Armrest

Push the button to elevate the armrest. Toreturn armrest to regular position, push arm-rest rearward until locked.

Upper half

Pull up on the lever to open the upper half ofthe console box. The rubber mat may beremoved for cleaning.

The upper half of the console box may beused for storage of cellular phones. Anaccess hole is provided at the bottom of theupper half of the console box for phone cordrouting to the power socket.

To route a phone cord to the power socket:

1. open the upper half of the console box

2. remove the rubber mat, and then removethe cutout area from the mat

3. remove the access hole cover

4. install the rubber mat

5. route the phone cord through the accesshole and plug into the power socket

Lower half

Pull up on the lever to open the lower half ofthe console box. A power socket is locatedinside the console box and there is storagefor compact discs.

COVERED STORAGE BOXPush the bottom center of the lid to open.

WIC0189

LIC0181

Instruments and controls 2-29

Z X

Page 80: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CARGO NET (if so equipped)The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while thevehicle is in motion.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks tothe retainers.

To remove the cargo net, detach the hooksfrom the cargo net retainers.

WIC0190

2-30 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 81: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● Properly secure all cargo to help pre-

vent it from sliding or shifting.

● Be sure to secure hooks into theretainers. The cargo restrained in thenet must not exceed 30 lbs. (13.6 kg)or the net may not stay secured.

POWER WINDOWSWARNING

● Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before clos-ing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

● Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols and become trapped in awindow. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents. The power windows operate when the igni-

tion key is in the ON position, or for about 45seconds after the ignition key is turned tothe OFF position. If the driver’s or frontpassenger’s door is opened during this pe-riod of about 45 seconds, power to thewindows is cancelled. To open a window,press down on the switch. To close a win-dow, pull up on the switch. To stop theopening or closing function at any time,simply release the switch.

The driver side control panel is equippedwith switches to open or close all of thewindows.

LIC0177

WINDOWS

Instruments and controls 2-31

Z X

Page 82: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

The front and rear passenger windowswitches operate only the correspondingpassenger window. To open the window,press down on the switch. To close thewindow, pull up on the switch.

Locking passenger windowsWhen the power window lock switch on thedriver side control panel is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel this func-tion.

Automatic operation

To fully open the driver or passenger sidewindow, press the window switch down tothe second detent and release it; it need notbe held. The window automatically opens allthe way. To stop the window, lift the switchup while the window is opening.

Auto-reverse function

If the control unit detects something caughtin the window as it is closing, the window willbe immediately lowered.

The auto-reverse function can be activated

when the window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition key is in the ONposition or for 45 seconds after the ignitionkey is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse functionmay be activated if an impact or loadsimilar to something being caught in thewindow occurs.

WARNINGThere are some small distances imme-diately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe window.

LIC0178 LIC0179

2-32 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 83: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

The sunroof only operates with the ignitionkey in the ON position.

NOTE:

If the battery is discharged or is discon-nected, the sunroof may not operate cor-rectly, and must be reset.

From any sunroof position (full open, par-tially open, closed, partially vented andvented), push and hold the button in theforward position until the sunroof vents inthe full-up position. This resets the sunroofmotor memory and now the sunroof willoperate correctly.

Sliding the sunroofTo open the sunroof, push the switch to-ward DOWN/OPEN.

To close the sunroof, push the switch to-ward UP/CLOSE.

Tilting the sunroofClose the sunroof by pushing the switchtoward UP/CLOSE. Release the switch,then push the UP/CLOSE switch to tilt thesunroof up.

To tilt the sunroof down, push the switchtoward DOWN/OPEN.

Sun shadeOpen and close the sun shade by sliding itforward or backward.

WARNING● In an accident you could be thrown

from the vehicle through an opensunroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

● Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the sunroof is clos-ing.

CAUTION● Remove water drops, snow, ice or

sand from the sunroof before opening.● Do not place heavy objects on the

sunroof or surrounding area.LIC0145

SUNROOF(if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-33

Z X

Page 84: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

The interior light operates regardless ofignition key position.

The interior light has a three-position switch.

● When the switch is in the OFF position,the interior light does not illuminate, re-gardless of door position.

● When the switch is in the center jposition, the front and rear personallights will illuminate under the followingconditions:

−driver’s door is unlocked.

−remain on for a maximum of 30seconds.

−driver’s door is opened.

−remain on for a maximum of 30seconds after driver’s door is closed.

−ignition key is removed from keycylinder

−remain on for a maximum of 30seconds.

The lights will go off when the ignition key isin the ON position, or the driver’s door isclosed and locked.

The lights will also go off after 10 minuteswhile doors are open.

● When the switch is in the ON position,the interior light illuminates, whether anydoor is open or closed.

CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

IC1235M LIC0147

INTERIOR LIGHT MAP LIGHTS

2-34 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 85: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

To turn on the map lights, press theswitches. To turn them off, press theswitches again.

CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

The light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, thelight goes off.

The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver:

● Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry door locksand security systems.

● Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-connected, HomeLinkT will retain all pro-gramming.

Once the HomeLink T Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming pro-cedures (i.e., new vehicle purchases).Upon sale of the vehicle, the pro-grammed HomeLink T Universal Trans-ceiver buttons should be erased for se-curity purposes. For additionalinformation refer to ‘‘Programming theHomeLink T Universal Transceiver’’ laterin this section.

LIC0146

TRUNK LIGHT HOMELINKT UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if soequipped)

Instruments and controls 2-35

Z X

Page 86: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● Do not use the HomeLink T Universal

Transceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982). A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then au-tomatically stop and reverse, doesnot meet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

● During programming, your garagedoor or gate may open or close.Make sure that people and objectsare clear of the garage door or gatethat you are programming.

● Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink T Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLinkT

1. With the ignition key in the OFF position,press and hold the two outside buttons,and release when the indicator light be-gins to flash (approximately 20 seconds).This procedure erases the factory setdefault codes and does not have to befollowed when programming additionalhand-held transmitters.

2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter(from the device you wish to train) ap-proximately 2 to 5 inches (50 to 127 mm)away from the surface of HomeLinkTkeeping the indicator light in view.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously push thehand-held transmitter button and the de-sired HomeLinkT button. Do not release thebuttons until step 4 has been completed.

NOTE:Some garage door openers may requirethe procedures noted under ‘‘CanadianProgramming’’.

4. The HomeLinkT indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. The rapid flashing lightindicates the HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver has been successfully programmed.

To program the remaining two buttons, fol-low steps 2 through 4.

If, after repeated attempts, you do not suc-cessfully program the HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver to learn the signal of the hand-held transmitter, refer to ‘‘Rolling Code Pro-gramming’’ later in this section.

PROGRAMMING HomeLinkT FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERSPrior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmittingafter 2 seconds. To program your hand-heldtransmitter to HomeLinkT, continue to press

SPA0609A

2-36 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 87: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

and hold the HomeLinkT button (note step 2through 4 under ‘‘Programming HomeLinkT’’)while you press and re-press (‘‘cycle’’) yourhand-held transmitters every 2 seconds untilthe indicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device during the‘‘cycling’’ process to prevent possible dam-age to the garage door opener components.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkTUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver (onceprogrammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply press theappropriate programmed HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver button. The red indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSISIf the HomeLinkT does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

● replace the hand-held transmitter batter-ies with new batteries.

● position the hand-help transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLinkT surface.

● press and hold both the HomeLinkT andhand-held transmitter buttons without in-terruption.

● position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLinkT surface. Hold the transmitterin that position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLinkT is not programmed withinthat time, try holding the transmitter inanother position - keeping the indicatorlight in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming diffi-culties, please contact the NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs Department. The phone num-bers are located in the Foreword of thisowner’s manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONIndividual buttons cannot be cleared, how-ever to clear all programming, press andhold the two outside buttons and releasewhen the indicator light begins to flash(approximately 20 seconds)

ROLLING CODE PROGRAMMING

Rolling code garage door openers (or otherrolling code devices) which are ‘‘code pro-tected’’ and manufactured after 1996, maybe determined by the following:

A. Reference the garage door opener Own-er’s Manual for verification.

B. The hand-held transmitter appears toprogram the HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver but does not activate thegarage door.

C. Press and hold the trained HomeLinkTbutton. If the garage door opener has therolling code feature, the HomeLinkT indi-cator light will flash rapidly, then remainson after 2 seconds.

To program the HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver to a garage door opener withthe rolling code feature, follow these instruc-tions after completing the ‘‘ProgrammingHomeLinkT’’ (the aid of a second personmay make the following procedures quickerand easier).

1. Locate the training button on the garagedoor opener motor unit. Exact locationand color of the button may vary by

Instruments and controls 2-37

Z X

Page 88: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

garage door opener brand. If there isdifficulty locating the training button, ref-erence the garage door opener Owner’sManual.

2. Press the training button on the garagedoor opener motor unit (which may acti-vate a training light).

NOTE:

Following step 2, there are 30 seconds inwhich to initiate step 3.

3. Firmly press and release the pro-grammed HomeLinkT button. Press andrelease the HomeLinkT button a secondtime to complete the training process.(Some garage door openers may requireyou to do this procedure a third time tocomplete the training.)

The garage door opener should now recog-nize the HomeLinkT Universal Transceiverand activate when the HomeLinkT button ispressed. The remaining two buttons maynow be programmed (if not yet pro-grammed, follow steps 2 through 4 in the‘‘Programming HomeLinkT’’ proceduresearlier in this section).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLinkT BUTTON

To reprogram an HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkTbutton. Do not release the button untilstep 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to127 mm) away from the HomeLinkT sur-face.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLinkT indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly,release both buttons.

The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pushing theHomeLinkT button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affect anyother programmed HomeLinkT buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code devicethat has been programmed into HomeLinkT.Consult the Owner’s Manual of each deviceor call the manufacturer or dealer of thosedevices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink T Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

This transmitter has been tested andcomplies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313FCC I.D. CV2V67690

2-38 Instruments and controls

Z X

Page 89: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys .......................................................................3-2Nissan vehicle immobilizer system(NVIS) keys .......................................................3-2

Doors......................................................................3-2Locking with key................................................3-3Locking with inside lock knob............................3-3Locking with power door lock switch.................3-4Child safety rear door lock ................................3-4

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped)......3-5How to use remote keyless entrysystem ...............................................................3-5Battery replacement ..........................................3-8

Hood.......................................................................3-9Trunk lid................................................................3-10

Opener operation ............................................3-10

Key operation ..................................................3-11Interior trunk lid release...................................3-11

Fuel filler lid ..........................................................3-12Opener operation ............................................3-12Fuel filler cap...................................................3-12

Steering wheel .....................................................3-13Tilt operation....................................................3-13Telescopic operation .......................................3-14

Sun visors.............................................................3-14Vanity mirrors ..................................................3-14

Mirrors ..................................................................3-15Inside mirror.....................................................3-15Automatic anti-glare inside mirror(if so equipped)................................................3-15Outside mirror remote control .........................3-16

Z X

Page 90: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM (NVIS) KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registered tothe Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Systemcomponents in your vehicle. These keyshave a transponder chip in the key head.

The master key can be used for all the locks.

The valet key cannot be used for the trunklid glove box lock or rear seatback lock.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet key only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Record the key number on the key numberplate supplied with your keys and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. NISSAN does not record any keynumbers so it is very important to keep trackof your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, this keycan be duplicated by your NISSAN dealer.

Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY -Master and Valet keys:

The key number is necessary when youneed extra Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem keys. As many as 5 Nissan VehicleImmoblizer System keys can be used withone vehicle. New keys must be registered tothe Nissan Vehicle Immoblizer Systemcomponents in your vehicle by yourNISSAN dealer. At this time, you shouldbring all Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys that you have to your NISSAN dealerfor registration. This is because the regis-tration process will erase all memory of theNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents.

WARNING● Always have the doors locked while

driving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

● Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.

● Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

WPD0013

KEYS DOORS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 91: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

LOCKING WITH KEY

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously.

Turning the front door key to the front of thevehicle locks all doors.

Turning the front door key one time to therear of the vehicle unlocks the correspondingdoor. From that position, returning the key toneutral (where the key can only be removedand inserted) and turning it to the rear againwithin 5 seconds unlocks all doors.

Opening and closing windowsThe driver’s door key operation allows youto open and close the front door windowssimultaneously.

● To open the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key to the rear of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second after the door isunlocked.

● To close the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key to the front of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second after the door islocked.

The door windows will open or close whileturning the driver’s door key. This functionwill operate for 45 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned off unless either front dooris opened.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOBTo lock a door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position.

When locking a door this way, be certain notto leave the key inside the vehicle.

LPD0067 LPD0068

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Z X

Page 92: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver or front passengerside), to the lock position. When locking thedoor this way, be certain not to leave thekey inside the vehicle.

When the power door lock switch (driver orpassenger side) is moved to the lock posi-tion with the key in the ignition and any dooropen, all doors will lock and then unlockautomatically.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCKChild safety locks help prevent rear doorsfrom being opened accidentally, especiallywhen small children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located onthe edge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the lock position, thedoor can be opened only from the outside.

LPD0069 LPD0070 APD1010

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 93: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turnthe interior light on and activate the panicalarm by using the remote controller fromoutside the vehicle.

Be sure to remove the key from thevehicle before locking the doors.

The keyfob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.The effective distance depends on the con-ditions around the vehicle.

As many as five keyfobs can be used withone vehicle. For information concerning thepurchase and use of additional keyfobs,contact an authorized NISSAN dealer.

CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the keyfob:● Do not allow the keyfob to become

wet.

● Do not drop the keyfob.

● Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

● Do not place the keyfob for an ex-tended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEY-LESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Locking doors1. Close all windows.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close all doors.

All of the doors will lock when thebutton on the keyfob is pushed

even though a door remains open. Ifthe doors are locked while any door isopen, the horn beep feature will notfunction.

4. Push the button on the keyfob. Alldoors lock. The hazard lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once to indicate alldoors are locked.

● When the button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard lights flashtwice and the horn beeps once as a

reminder that the doors are alreadylocked.The horn may or may not beep once.Refer to ‘‘Silencing the horn beep fea-ture’’ later in this section for details.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEM (if so equipped)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

Z X

Page 94: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Unlocking doors

1. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobonce.

● Only the driver’s door unlocks

● The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with theignition key in any position except the ONposition.

● The interior light turns on and the lighttimer activates for 30 seconds when theswitch is in the center j position with theignition key in any position except the ONposition.

2. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobagain within 5 seconds.

● All doors unlock

● The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

If the following operation is not carriedout within 1 minute after pressing the“UNLOCK” button, all doors will belocked automatically.

● When any door is not opened.

● When the ignition key is not set in theON position.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the igni-tion switch to the ON position or by lockingthe doors with the keyfob.

Releasing the trunk lid1. Push the trunk button on the keyfob for

longer than 0.5 second. The trunk re-lease button on the keyfob will not oper-ate when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

2. The trunk lid opens.

The trunk lid will not open with the trunklid release cancel switch turned to OFF.See “Trunk lid” later in this section forcancel switch. It can be opened only withthe key.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to callattention as follows:

1. Push and hold the PANIC button on thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 seconds.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

● it has run for 25 seconds, or

● any button is pressed on the keyfob.

LPD0071

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 95: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Silencing the horn beep feature

If desired, the horn beep feature can bedeactivated using the keyfob. The instruc-tions are on the back of the keyfob.

To deactivate: Press and hold the andbuttons for at least two seconds.

The hazard lights will flash three times toconfirm that the horn beep feature has beendeactivated.

To activate: Press and hold the andbuttons for at least two seconds

once more.

The hazard lights will flash once and thehorn will sound once to confirm that the hornbeep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

Using the interior light

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting 30 seconds by inserting the key intothe ignition or locking the doors with themulti-remote controller or pushing the inte-rior light button to OFF.

Opening windows (if so equipped)The keyfob allows you to open the frontwindows simultaneously.

● To open the front windows, press theUNLOCK button on the keyfob for longerthan 3 seconds after the door is un-locked.

The door windows will open while pressingthe UNLOCK button on the keyfob. Thisfunction will operate for 45 seconds after theignition switch is turned off unless eitherfront door is opened.

This opening windows function of the key-fob can be suspended using a CONSULT-II

diagnostic tool. Please contact an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

The door windows cannot be closed byusing the keyfob.

LIC0168

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

Z X

Page 96: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

1. Open the lid using a coin.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025or equivalent.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Press the button, then the but-ton two or three times to check the

keyfob operation.Each time the button is pressed, thehazard lights flash once.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4.

● An improperly disposed battery canhurt the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

● The keyfob is water-resistant; how-ever, if it does get wet, immediatelywipe completely dry.

● The operational range of the keyfobextends to approximately 33 ft (10 m)from the vehicle. This range may varywith conditions.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not

LPD0081

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 97: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

1. Pull the hood lock release handle s1located below the driver side instrumentpanel; the hood springs up slightly.

2. Lift the lever s2 at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. Remove the support rod s3 from theclamp.

4. Insert the support rod s4 into the slot onthe passenger side fender ledge.

5. When closing the hood, return the sup-

LPD0072

HOOD

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

Z X

Page 98: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

port rod to its original position, lower thehood to approximately 12 inches abovethe latch and release it. This allowsproper engagement of the hood latch.

WARNING● Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

● If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood. OPENER OPERATION

WARNING● Do not drive with the trunk lid open.

This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See ‘‘Exhaust gas’’ in the ‘‘Startingand driving’’ section of this manual.

● Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk closed, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to carkeys.

The trunk lid opener lever is located belowthe armrest of the driver’s door trim panel.To open the trunk lid, pull the opener leverout.

To close the trunk lid, lower and push thetrunk lid down securely.

WPD0105

TRUNK LID

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 99: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Cancel switchWhen the cancel switch located inside theglove box is OFF, the trunk lid cannot beopened with the trunk lid release switch orvalet key. It can be opened with the masterkey or keyfob.

KEY OPERATIONTo open the trunk lid, turn the key clock-wise. To close the trunk lid, lower and pushthe trunk lid down securely.

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASEWARNING

Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk lid closed, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to car keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanismprovides a means of escape for childrenand adults in the event they become lockedinside the trunk.

LPD0085LPD0074

LPD0075

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

Z X

Page 100: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

To open the trunk from the inside, rotate theilluminated lever until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release lever ismade of a material that glows in the darkafter a brief exposure to ambient light.

The handle is located inside the trunk com-partment on the trunk lock at the center ofthe trunk lid.

OPENER OPERATIONThe fuel filler lid opener lever is located onthe outside of the driver’s seat. To open thefuel filler lid, pull the opener lever up. Tolock, close the fuel filler lid securely.

FUEL FILLER CAPThe fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type.Tighten the cap clockwise until ratchetingclicks are heard.

WARNING● Gasoline is extremely flammable and

highly explosive under certain con-ditions. You could be burned or se-riously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop the engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

● Fuel may be under pressure. Turn thecap one-half turn, and wait for any‘‘hissing’’ sound to stop to preventfuel from spraying out and possiblepersonal injury. Then remove the cap.

● Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzle shutsoff automatically. Continued refuel-ing may cause fuel overflow, result-ing in fuel spray and possibly fire.

● Use only an original equipment typefuel filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to come on.

LPD0076

FUEL FILLER LID

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 101: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electric-ity can cause an explosion of flam-mable liquid, vapor or gas in anyvehicle or trailer. To reduce the riskof serious injury or death when fill-ing portable fuel containers:

— Always the place container on theground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhile filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

● Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

CAUTION● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,

flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

● Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap

properly may cause the mal-function indicator lamp (MIL) to illu-minate. If the lamp illuminatesbecause the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the capand continue to drive the vehicle.The lamp should turn off aftera few driving trips. If the lampdoes not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected byan authorized NISSAN dealer.

● For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)’’in the “Instrument and controls”section earlier in this manual. TILT OPERATION

Pull the lock lever forward and adjust thesteering wheel up or down to the desiredposition.

Release the lock lever to lock the steeringwheel in place.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

LPD0078

STEERING WHEEL

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Z X

Page 102: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

TELESCOPIC OPERATIONPush the lever down and adjust the steeringwheel forward or backward to the desiredposition.

Pull the lock lever up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

WARNINGDo not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and comfort.The driver’s air bag inflates with greatforce. If you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out of po-sition in any way, you are at greater riskof injury or death in a crash. You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far away aspractical from the steering wheel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

CAUTIONDo not store the main sun visor beforestoring the extension sun visor.

VANITY MIRRORSTo access the vanity mirror, pull the sunvisor down and flip open the mirror cover.Some vanity mirrors are illuminated andturn on when the mirror cover is opened.

LPD0002 WPD0015

SUN VISORS

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 103: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

INSIDE MIRRORThe night position reduces glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

WARNINGUse the night position only when nec-essary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE IN-SIDE MIRROR (if so equipped)

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accordingto the intensity of the headlight of the follow-ing vehicle.

When the inside mirror switch is in theAUTO position, excessive glare from theheadlights of the vehicle behind you will bereduced. When the switch of the insidemirror is in the OFF position, the insidemirror will operate normally.

Do not hang any object on the sensor or

apply glass cleaner. Doing so will reducethe sensitivity of the sensor, resulting inimproper operation.

PD1006M LPD0086

MIRRORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Z X

Page 104: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

OUTSIDE MIRROR REMOTECONTROLThe outside mirror remote control only op-erates when the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position.

Rotate the control lever to select the right orleft mirror. Adjust the mirror to the desiredposition by moving the control lever.

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror couldcause an accident. Use the inside mir-ror or glance over your shoulder toproperly judge distances to other ob-jects.

LPD0065

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z X

Page 105: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Ventilators ..............................................................4-2Center ventilators ..............................................4-2Side ventilators ..................................................4-2

Heater and air conditioner (manual) ......................4-3Controls .............................................................4-3Heater operation................................................4-4Air conditioner operation (if soequipped)...........................................................4-5Air flow charts....................................................4-6

Heater and air conditioner (automatic) (if soequipped) ...............................................................4-9

Automatic operation ..........................................4-9Manual operation.............................................4-10Operating tips ..................................................4-11

Servicing air conditioner.......................................4-11

Audio system........................................................4-12Radio ...............................................................4-12FM radio reception ..........................................4-12AM radio reception ..........................................4-12Audio operation precautions ...........................4-13FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)player ...............................................................4-16FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)changer (if so equipped) .................................4-21CD care and cleaning......................................4-28Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped)................................................4-28Antenna ...........................................................4-29

Car phone or CB radio.........................................4-29

Z X

Page 106: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CENTER VENTILATORSAdjust air flow direction by moving the ven-tilator slide.

SIDE VENTILATORSYou can open or close the side ventilatorsby using the dial located at the side of theventilators. Adjust air flow direction by mov-ing the ventilator slide.

The airflow can be turned off by turning thedial to the outboard position.

LHA0107 LHA0108 WHA0135

VENTILATORS

4-2 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 107: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING

● The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

● Do not leave children, impaired adults,or pets alone in your vehicle. On hotsunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

● Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

● Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls should not bedone while driving, so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

CONTROLS

Fan control dialThis dial turns the fan on and off, andcontrols fan speed.

Air control dialThese dials allow you to select the air flowoutlets.

— Air flows from center and sideventilators.

— Air flows from center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

— Air flows from defroster outletsand foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from defrosteroutlets.

Temperature control dial

This dial allows you to adjust the tempera-ture of the outlet air.

Air recirculation button

Off position (Indicator light off):

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment and distributed through theselected outlet.

Use the off position for normal heater or airconditioner operation.

On position (Indicator light on):

Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle.

Push the button to the on positionwhen:

● driving on a dusty road.

● to avoid traffic fumes.

LHA0109

HEATER AND AIRCONDITIONER (MANUAL)

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

Z X

Page 108: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● for maximum cooling when using the airconditioner

Air conditioner button(if so equipped)This button is provided only on vehiclesequipped with an air conditioner.

Start the engine, turn the fan control dial tothe desired (1 to 4) position and push theA/C button to turn on the air conditioner.The indicator light comes on when the airconditioner is operating. To stop the airconditioner, push the switch again.

The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

HEATER OPERATION

HeatingThis mode is used to direct heated air to thefoot outlets. Some air also flows from thedefroster outlets.

1. Push the button to the off positionfor normal heating.

2. Turn the air control dial to the position.

3. Move the fan control dial to the desiredposition.

4. Move the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle andthe HOT position.

VentilationThis mode directs outside air to the side andcenter ventilators.

1. Turn the air control dial to the po-sition.

2. Push the button in.

3. Move the fan control dial to the desiredposition.

4. Move the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Defrosting or defoggingThis mode is used to defrost/defog thewindows.

1. Turn the air control dial to the position.

2. Move the fan control dial to the desiredposition.

3. Move the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle andthe HOT position.

● To quickly remove ice or fog from the

windows, turn on the fan control dial to 4and the temperature control dial to thefull HOT position.

● When the position is selected, theair conditioner automatically turns on(however, the indicator light will not illu-minate). This dehumidifies the air whichhelps defog the windshield. The air recir-culation mode automatically turns off,allowing outside air to be drawn into thepassenger compartment which helps de-fog the windshield.

Bi-level heating/coolingThis mode directs air from the side, centerand foot outlets.

1. Push the button to the off position.

2. Turn the air control dial to the position.

3. Move the fan control dial to the desiredposition.

4. Move the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Heating and defoggingThis mode heats the interior and defogs thewindshield.

1. Turn the air control dial to the position.

4-4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 109: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

2. Move the fan control dial to the desiredposition.

3. Move the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle andthe HOT position.

Operating tips● Clear snow and ice from the wiper

blades and air inlet in front of thewindshield. This improves heater op-eration.

● When the or positions areselected, the air recirculation mode auto-matically turns off.Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION(if so equipped)Start the engine, move the fan control dial tothe desired (1 to 4) position and push in theA/C button to activate the air conditioner.When the air conditioner is on, cooling anddehumidifying functions are added to theheater operation.

The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

CoolingThis mode is used to cool and dehumidifythe air.

1. Push the button to the off position.

2. Turn the air control dial to the po-sition.

3. Move the fan control dial to the desiredposition.

4. Push on the air conditioner button. Theindicator light comes on.

5. Move the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

● For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, push the button tothe on position (Indicator light on). Besure to return the button to the offposition for normal cooling.

Dehumidified heatingThis mode is used to heat and dehumidify.

1. Push the button to the off position.

2. Turn the air control dial to the po-sition.

3. Move the fan control dial to the desiredposition.

4. Push on the air conditioner button. Theindicator light comes on.

5. Move the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Dehumidified defoggingThis mode defogs the windows and dehu-midifies the air.

1. Turn the air control dial to the posi-tion.

When the position is selected, theair conditioner automatically turns on(however, the indicator light will not illu-minate). This dehumidifies the air whichhelps defog the windshield. The air recir-culation mode automatically turns off,allowing outside air to be drawn into thepassenger compartment which helps de-fog the windshield.

2. Move the fan control dial to the desiredposition.

3. Move the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defogging per-formance.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-5

Z X

Page 110: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Operating tips● Keep the windows and sun roof closed

while the air conditioner is in operation.

● After parking in the sun, drive for two orthree minutes with the windows open tovent hot air from the passenger compart-ment. Then, close the windows. Thisallows the air conditioner to cool theinterior more quickly.

● The air conditioner system should beoperated for approximately ten min-utes at least once a month. This helpsprevent damage to the system due tolack of lubrication.

● If the engine coolant temperature gaugeexceeds the H (hot) position, turn the airconditioner off. See ‘‘If your vehicle over-heats’’ in the ‘‘In case of emergency’’section of this Owner’s Manual for addi-tional information.

AIR FLOW CHARTSThe charts on the following pages show theswitch and lever positions for MAXIMUMand QUICK heating, cooling, or defrosting.

LHA0110

4-6 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 111: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

LHA0111 LHA0112

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-7

Z X

Page 112: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

LHA0113 LHA0114

4-8 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 113: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● The air conditioner cooling function

operates only when the engine isrunning.

● Do not leave children, impairedadults, or pets alone in your vehicle.On hot, sunny days, temperatures ina closed vehicle could quickly be-come high enough to cause severe or

possibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

● Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

● Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls should not bedone while driving, so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heat-ing (AUTO)This mode may be normally used all yearround as the system automatically works tokeep a constant temperature. Air flow distri-bution and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will bedisplayed.)

2. Turn the temperature dial to the left orright to set the desired temperature.

WHA0136

HEATER AND AIRCONDITIONER (Automatic) (ifso equipped)

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-9

Z X

Page 114: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Adjust the temperature dial to about 75°F(24°C) for normal operation.

● The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

Heating (ECON)

The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Push the ECON (Economy) button on.(ECON will be displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature dial to the left orright to set the desired temperature.

● The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

● Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwisethe system may not work properly.

● Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defogging1. Push the DEF button on. The in-

dicator light on the button will come on.

2. Turn the temperature dial to the left orright to set the desired temperature.

● To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, push the manual fan con-trol button and set to the maxi-mum position .

● As soon as possible after the windshieldis clean, push the AUTO button to returnto the auto mode.

● When the DEF button is pushed,the air conditioner will automatically beturned on at outside temperatures above23°F (−5°C) to defog the windshield, andthe air recirculate mode will automaticallybe turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the fan control button to manu-ally control the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Push the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light on the switch will come on.

Push it again to make the air inlet controlledautomatically (FRESH, REC/FRE and RE-CIRCULATION). The indicator will go out.

The air recirculation button will not be acti-vated when the air conditioner is in DEFmode.

Air flow control

Pushing the manual air flow control buttonselects the air outlet to:

:Air flows from center and side ventila-tors.

:Air flows from center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

:Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

:Air flow from defroster and foot out-lets.

To turn system off

Push the OFF button.

4-10 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 115: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

OPERATING TIPS● When the engine coolant temperature

and outside air temperature are low, theair flow from the foot outlets may notoperate for a maximum of 150 seconds.However, this is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, airflow from the foot outlets will operatenormally.

The sunload sensor, located on the toppassenger side of the instrument panel,helps maintain a constant temperature. Donot put anything on or around this sensor.

The air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle is charged with a refrigerant de-signed with the environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm theearth’s ozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant isrequired when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage to yourair conditioner system. See ‘‘Air conditionersystem refrigerant and lubricant recommen-dations’’ in the ‘‘Technical and consumerinformation’’ section of this manual.

Your NISSAN dealer is able to service yourenvironmentally ‘‘friendly’’ air conditioningsystem.

WARNINGThe air conditioner system containsrefrigerant under high pressure. Toavoid personal injury, any air condi-tioner service should be done only byan experienced technician with properequipment.

WHA0139

SERVICING AIRCONDITIONER

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-11

Z X

Page 116: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

RADIO

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON andpress the power on switch to turn on theradio. If you listen to the radio with theengine not running, the key should beturned to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter,buildings, bridges, mountains and other ex-ternal influences. Intermittent changes inreception quality normally are caused bythese external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio receptionYour NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to en-hance radio reception. These circuits aredesigned to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.

However there are some general character-istics of both FM and AM radio signals thatcan affect radio reception quality in a mov-ing vehicle, even when the finest equipmentis used. These characteristics are com-

pletely normal in a given reception area,and do not indicate any malfunction in yourNISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly changebecause of vehicle movement. Buildings,terrain, signal distance and interferencefrom other vehicles can work against idealreception. Described below are some of thefactors that can affect your radio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTIONRange: FM range is normally limited to 25 to30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural(single channel) FM having slightly morerange than stereo FM. External influencesmay sometimes interfere with FM stationreception even if the FM station is within 25miles (40 km). The strength of the FM signalis directly related to the distance betweenthe transmitter and receiver. FM signalsfollow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting manyof the same characteristics as light. Forexample they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves awayfrom a station transmitter, the signals willtend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interferencefrom buildings, large hills or due to antenna

position (usually in conjunction with in-creased distance from the station transmit-ter) static or flutter can be heard. This canbe reduced by adjusting the treble controlcounterclockwise to reduce treble re-sponse.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflec-tive characteristics of FM signals, direct andreflected signals reach the receiver at thesame time. The signals may cancel eachother, resulting in momentary flutter or lossof sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTIONAM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip along theground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent backto earth. Because of these characteristics.AM signals are also subject to interferenceas they travel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areaswith many tall buildings. It can also occur forseveral seconds during ionospheric turbu-lence even in areas where no obstaclesexist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical

AUDIO SYSTEM

4-12 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 117: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

power lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAU-TIONS

Compact Disc (CD) Player● Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12

cm) round discs that have the ‘‘COM-PACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO’’ logo onthe disc or packaging.

● During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to thehumidity. If this occurs, remove theCD and dehumidify or ventilate theplayer completely.

● The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

● The CD player sometimes cannotfunction when the compartment tem-perature is extremely high. Decreasethe temperature before use.

● Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

● CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints,or that have pin holes may not workproperly.

● Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion:

● 8 cm (3.1 in) discs with an adapter

● Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

● CDs that are not round

LHA0099

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-13

Z X

Page 118: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● CDs with a paper label

● CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

4-14 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 119: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1. PRESET ABC button

2. MIX button

3. CD select button

4. Display

5. FM band select button

6. AM band select button

7. CD eject button

8. TRAVEL button

9. TUNE FF-REV button

10. CLOCK button or MENU/CLOCK buttonfor radios with SCV

11. Priority scan button

12. AUDIO button

13. SCAN button

14. Station select buttons

15. POWER/VOL control knob

16. CD insert slot

17. SEEK/TRACK button

LHA0115

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-15

Z X

Page 120: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER

ONzOFF/VOL control

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition, then push the PWR control knob. Ifyou listen to the radio with the engine notrunning, turn the key to the ACC position.The mode (radio or CD) that was playingimmediately before the system was turnedoff resumes playing.

When no CD is loaded, the radio comes on.Pushing the PWR control knob again turnsthe system off.

Turn the PWR control knob to the right toincrease volume or to the left to decreasevolume.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance

Press the AUDIO button to enter the audioadjust mode:

Bass→Mid→Treb→Fade→Bal

Press the TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust to thedesired levels. The display will return to theregular radio display after 7 seconds, or you

may press the AUDIO button again to returnto the regular radio display.

Clock operation

Pressing the MENU or CLOCK button dis-plays the clock with the radio on or off.Press the MENU or CLOCK button again toturn off the clock display.

Clock set

1. Press and hold the MENU or CLOCKbutton until it beeps (>2 seconds).

2. The hours will start flashing. PressTUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust thehours.

3. Press the MENU or CLOCK button toswitch to the minute adjustment.

4. Press TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjustthe minutes.

5. Press the MENU or CLOCK button againto exit the clock set mode.

The display will return to the regular clockdisplay after 7 seconds, or you may pressthe MENU or CLOCK button again to returnto the regular clock display.

FM-AM radio operationFM-AM band select

Push the AM or the FM button to changefrom AM to FM reception.

The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminatesduring FM stereo reception. When the ste-reo broadcast signal is weak, the radioautomatically changes from stereo to mon-aural reception.

Station signal strength, distance from radiotransmitter, buildings, bridges, mountains,and other external influences affect radioreception. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these exter-nal influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

4-16 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 121: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

TUNE/FF-REV

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

Use the or buttons for manual tun-ing. To move quickly through the channels,hold the tuning buttons down.

SEEK tuning

Push SEEK/TRACK ( or ). SEEKtuning begins from low to high frequencies orhigh to low frequencies, depending on whichbutton is pressed, and stops at the nextbroadcasting station. If using the up button,once the highest broadcasting station isreached, the radio continues in the SEEKmode at the lowest broadcasting station. Ifusing the down button, once the lowestbroadcasting station is reached, the radiocontinues in the SEEK mode at the highestbroadcasting station.

SCAN tuning

Push the SCAN button. SCAN illuminates inthe display window. Scan tuning beginsfrom low to high frequencies or from high tolow frequencies. Scan tuning stops at eachbroadcasting station that has sufficient sig-nal strength for 5 seconds. When scanning,SCAN blinks in the display. Pushing theSCAN button again during this 5 secondperiod stops Scan tuning and the radioremains tuned to that station.

Station memory operation − Travel Pre-set is OFF

Each preset mode (A, B or C) has 6 presets,capable of storing any combination of AM,FM and FM RDS stations.

Press the PRESET ABC button to changebetween the presets:

A→B→C

The radio displays icon A, B or C to indicatewhich set of presets is active.

To store a radio station in a preset:

1. Select the desired preset by pressingPRESET ABC.

2. Tune to the desired station.

3. Press the desired station select button(>2 seconds.)

4. A beep will sound indicating memoriza-tion is complete.

5. Other station select buttons can be set inthe same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if theradio fuse opens, the radio memory is can-celled. In that case, reset the desired sta-tions.

Turning ON Travel Preset

1. Press the TRAVEL preset button (<1.5seconds). The TRAVEL icon shows inthe display.

2. The radio selects the strongest stationsin the area and stores them in TravelPresets A, B and C. 12 FM stations and6 AM stations are the default settings. Tochange the default settings, see “EditingTravel Preset” later in this section.

3. When finished storing radio stations, theradio tunes to the first stored preset ofTravel Preset A.

4. If the radio cannot find any stations, the

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-17

Z X

Page 122: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

radio displays “NO STATION” andmutes the audio.

5. If the radio cannot fill all the presets, theremaining presets are stored with 87.9for FM, and 600 for AM.

The TUNE, SCAN, SEEK and presetmemory functions are available while TravelPreset mode is on.

Canceling Travel Preset

Press the TRAVEL preset button (<1.5 sec-onds) to clear the Travel Preset memory.This turns off the Travel icon. The radioreturns to the last used preset of A, B or C inthe permanent preset memory.

Storing Travel Preset stations in perma-nent memory

1. While in Travel Preset mode, press andhold the TRAVEL preset button until itbeeps (>3 seconds).

2. The presets are transferred from TravelPreset memory to the permanent presetmemory for A, B, and C. “LOAD” isdisplayed.

3. The TRAVEL preset indicator turns off.

Preset Scan

Pressing the Preset Scan button (<1.5 sec-onds) scans the permanent preset memorythat is selected (A, B or C) from 1-6 for 5seconds. If the Travel Preset is ON, thetravel preset that is selected (A, B, or C)from 1-6 is scanned for 5 seconds.

All Preset Scan

Pressing the Preset Scan button (>1.5 sec-onds) scans all the permanent presetmemory banks (A, B or C) from 1-6 for 5seconds. If the Travel Preset is ON, all thetravel preset memory banks (A, B, or C)from 1-6 are scanned for 5 seconds.

Canceling preset scan modePressing any button except CLOCK,EJECT, MIX and CD cancels the PresetScan mode.

Speed Sensitive Control Volume (SCV)(if so equipped)Your vehicle has Speed Sensitive ControlVolume (SCV) for audio. The audio volumechanges as the driving speed changes.

Press and hold the MENU button (>2 sec-onds) until the radio beeps to start theediting mode. Press the MENU button until

the display shows “SCV” . This display willlast 2 seconds and then change to “OFF” .Press TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) tochange between:

Off→Low→Mid→High

Compact disc (CD) operationTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition.

CAUTION● Do not force a compact disc (CD)

into the CD insert slot. This coulddamage the CD and/or CD changer.

● Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/orCD changer.

CD button

When the CD button is pressed with acompact disc loaded and the radio playing,the radio turns off and the last used com-pact disc starts to play.

FF (fast forward) REW(rewind) buttons

When the TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) but-ton is pressed while the compact disc is

4-18 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 123: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

playing, the compact disc plays at an in-creased speed while fast forwarding or re-winding. When the button is released, theCD returns to normal play speed.

SEEK/TRACK buttons

When is pressed while the compactdisc is playing, the selection following thepresent one starts to play from the begin-ning. Press several times to skip sev-eral selections. Each time the button ispressed, the CD advances one additionalselection. The track number appears in thedisplay window. (When the last selection onthe compact disc is skipped, the first selec-tion is played.)

When is pressed, the selection beingplayed returns to the beginning. Press

several times to skip back severalselections. Each time the button is pressed,the CD moves back one selection. If theplay pattern is in MIX mode when the buttonis pressed, the next random selection will beplayed.

MIX

Press the MIX button to change CD playpatterns:

Repeat→Mix→Normal Play

Repeat

Press the MIX button (<1.5 seconds) onceto repeat the current track. The “1” icon isturned on.

Mix

Press the MIX button (<1.5 seconds) againto start shuffle play of the current disc. The“MIX” icon is turned on.

Normal Play

Press the MIX button (<1.5 seconds) againto return to normal play mode. The “MIX”icon is turned off.

CD Scan

Press the SCAN button (<1.5 seconds) toscan all tracks of the current disc for 7seconds per track. The SCAN icon isflashed during Scan mode.

The Scan mode is cancelled once it scansthrough all tracks on the disc, or if the SCANbutton is pressed during Scan mode.

Eject CD

1. Press the button.

2. The disc ejects. Remove the disc. (If thedisc is not removed within 15 seconds,the disc will reload.)

3. The indicator and symbol for the disc areturned off.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-19

Z X

Page 124: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1. PRESET ABC button

2. LOAD button

3. CD select button

4. Display

5. FM band select button

6. AM band select button

7. CD eject button

8. TRAVEL button

9. TUNE FF-REV button

10. MENU/CLOCK button

11. MIX/PTY button

12. AUDIO button

13. SCAN button

14. Station select buttons

15. POWER/VOL control knob

16. CD insert slot

17. SEEK/TRACK button

LHA0116

4-20 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 125: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) CHANGER (if soequipped)

ONzOFF/VOL control

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition, then push the PWR control knob. Ifyou listen to the radio with the engine notrunning, turn the key to the ACC position.The mode (radio or CD) that was playingimmediately before the system was turnedoff resumes playing.

When no CD is loaded, the radio comes on.Pushing the PWR control knob again turnsthe system off.

Turn the PWR control knob to the right toincrease volume or to the left to decreasevolume.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance

Press the AUDIO button to enter the audioadjust mode:

Bass→Treb→Fade→Bal

Press the TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust tothe desired levels. The display will return to

the regular radio display after 7 seconds, oryoumay press the AUDIO button again toreturn to the regular radio display.

Clock operation

Pressing the MENU button displays theclock with the radio on or off. Press theMENU button again to turn off the clockdisplay.

Clock set

1. Press and hold the MENU button until itbeeps (>2 seconds).

2. The hours will start flashing. PressTUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjustthe hours.

3. Press the MENU button to switch to theminute adjustment.

4. Press TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjustthe minutes.

5. Press the MENU button again to exit theclock set mode.

The display will return to the regular clockdisplay after 7 seconds, or you may press

the MENU button again to return to theregular clock display.

FM-AM radio operationFM-AM band select

Push the AM or the FM button to changefrom AM to FM reception.

The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminatesduring FM stereo reception. When the ste-reo broadcast signal is weak, the radioautomatically changes from stereo to mon-aural reception.

Station signal strength, distance from radiotransmitter, buildings, bridges, mountains,and other external influences affect radioreception. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these exter-nal influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-21

Z X

Page 126: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

TUNE/FF-REV

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

Use the or buttons for manual tun-ing. To move quickly through the channels,hold the tuning buttons down.

SEEK tuning

Push SEEK/TRACK ( or ). SEEKtuning begins from low to high frequencies orhigh to low frequencies, depending on whichbutton is pressed, and stops at the nextbroadcasting station. If using the up button,once the highest broadcasting station isreached, the radio continues in the SEEKmode at the lowest broadcasting station. Ifusing the down button, once the lowestbroadcasting station is reached, the radiocontinues in the SEEK mode at the highestbroadcasting station.

SCAN tuning

Push the SCAN button. SCAN illuminates inthe display window. Scan tuning beginsfrom low to high frequencies or from high tolow frequencies. Scan tuning stops at eachbroadcasting station that has sufficient sig-nal strength for 5 seconds. When scanning,SCAN blinks in the display. Pushing theSCAN button again during this 5 secondperiod stops Scan tuning and the radioremains tuned to that station.

Station memory operation − Travel Pre-set is OFF

Each preset mode (A, B or C) has 6 presets,capable of storing any combination of AM,FM and FM RDS stations.

Press the PRESET ABC button to changebetween the presets:

A→B→C

The radio displays icon A, B or C to indicatewhich set of presets is active.

To store a radio station in a preset:

1. Select the desired preset by pressingPRESET ABC.

2. Tune to the desired station.

3. Press the desired station select button(>2 seconds.)

4. When the indicator illuminates in thestation selection button, a beep willsound indicating memorization is com-plete. For FM stations, the indicator willturn green. For AM stations, the indicatorwill turn amber.

5. Other station select buttons can be set inthe same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if theradio fuse opens, the radio memory is can-celled. In that case, reset the desired sta-tions.

Turning ON Travel Preset

1. Press the TRAVEL preset button (<1.5seconds). The TRAVEL icon shows inthe display.

2. The radio selects the strongest stationsin the area and stores them in TravelPresets A, B and C. 12 FM stations and6 AM stations are the default settings. Tochange the default settings, see “EditingTravel Preset” later in this section.

3. When finished storing radio stations, the

4-22 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 127: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

radio tunes to the first stored preset ofTravel Preset A.

4. If the radio cannot find any stations, theradio displays “NO STATION” andmutes the audio.

5. If the radio cannot fill all the presets, theremaining presets are stored with 87.9for FM, and 600 for AM.

The TUNE, SCAN, SEEK and presetmemory functions are available while TravelPreset mode is on.

Canceling Travel Preset

Press the TRAVEL preset button (<1.5 sec-onds) to clear the Travel Preset memory.This turns off the Travel icon. The radioreturns to the last used preset of A, B or C inthe permanent preset memory.

Editing Travel Preset

1. Press and hold the TRAVEL preset but-ton (>3 seconds) until the radio beeps tostart the editing mode. The Travel iconwill flash while in TRAVEL PRESETEDIT mode.

2. The radio displays “TRAVEL EDIT” for 2seconds and then changes to “SET A- *” .

3. Press TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) to se-lect a mode.

4. Press the TRAVEL PRESET button tosave the mode.

5. Display is changed to “SET B- *” , repeatsteps 3 and 4.

6. Display is changed to “SET C- *” , repeatstep 3.

7. Press the TRAVEL PRESET button toexit the edit mode and return to normalmode.

*: AM, FM, FM RDS, Rock, Classic Rock,Soft Rock, Top 40, Country, Jazz, Classical,Oldies, News, Sports, Talk.

Storing Travel Preset stations in perma-nent memory

1. While in Travel Preset mode, press andhold the TRAVEL preset button until itbeeps (>3 seconds).

2. The presets are transferred from TravelPreset memory to the permanent presetmemory for A, B, and C. “PRESETSLOADED” is displayed.

3. The TRAVEL preset indicator turns off.

RDS (Radio Data System)

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and isa data information service transmitted bysome radio stations on the FM band (notAM band) encoded within a regular radiobroadcast. Currently, most RDS stationsare in large cities, but many stations arenow considering broadcasting RDS data.

RDS can display:

● Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

● Station name, such as “The Groove”.

● Music or programming type such as“Classical”, “Country”, or “Rock”.

● Traffic reports about delays or construc-tion.

If the station broadcasts RDS information,the RDS icon is displayed. The RDS infor-mation will be displayed according to theoption chosen in the RDS setup mode. (FM& RDS is the default.) Press the RDS buttonagain to display the frequency for 3 sec-onds. The radio will then return to the nor-mal display. If the station does not broad-cast RDS information, the RDS icon will notbe displayed.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-23

Z X

Page 128: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Setting RDS Mode

Press and hold the MENU button (>2 sec-onds) until the radio beeps to start theediting mode. Press the MENU button untilthe display shows “RDS TRAFFIC” . Thisdisplay will last 2 seconds and then changeto “TRAFFIC-OFF” . Press TUNE/FF-REV( or ) to toggle the RDS traffic modefrom “OFF” to “ON”. Press the RDS buttonagain to set your RDS mode selection.

The display changes to “RDS DISPLAY” .This display will last 2 seconds and thenchange to “SHOW”. Press TUNE/FF-REV( or ) to switch between the follow-ing RDS display modes:

● “FM & RDS”: the radio display will showthe station’s broadcast frequency and thestation’s name.

● “RDS ONLY”: the radio display will showthe station’s name only.

● “RDS TEMP”: the radio display will showthe station’s name for 5 seconds andthen display only the radio station’sbroadcast frequency.

PTY (Program Type)

PTY can be used to search for a certainprogram type. Certain areas have a limitednumber of stations that transmit RDS. Manystations transmit call letters and frequenciesonly. Searching or scanning by programtype may yield a limited number of selec-tions.

1. Press the MIXzPTY button. The displaychanges from “RDS PTY SEARCH” to“SELECT BY TUNE” .

2. Press TUNE/FF-REV ( or )up/down button to choose a specific pro-gram type:

ROCK, CLASSIC ROCK, SOFT ROCK,TOP 40, COUNTRY, JAZZ, CLASSICAL,OLDIES, NEWS, SPORTS, TALK, ANY

3. Press the SEEK ( or ) or SCANbutton to search for the next station withthe selected PTY. The SCAN iconflashes when the SCAN button ispressed. If SCAN is selected, push thePTY or SCAN buttons to stop on a station.

If SEEK is selected, the radio automati-cally stops on the next radio stationmatching the selected program type.

4. Press the PTY button again to cancel thePTY mode.

Speed Sensitive Control Volume (SCV)

Your vehicle has Speed Sensitive ControlVolume (SCV) for audio. The audio volumechanges as the driving speed changes.

Press and hold the MENU button (>2 sec-onds) until the radio beeps to start theediting mode. Press the MENU button untilthe display shows “Speed comp vol” . Thisdisplay will last 2 seconds and then changeto “SCV-off” . Press TUNE/FF-REV( or ) to change between:

Off→Low→Mid→High

Compact disc (CD) operationTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition.

CAUTION● Do not force a compact disc (CD)

into the CD insert slot. This coulddamage the CD and/or CD changer.

● Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/orCD changer.

4-24 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 129: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CD6 button

When the CD6 button is pressed with acompact disc loaded and the radio playing,the radio turns off and the last used com-pact disc starts to play.

CD Loading

Press the LOAD button to start CD loadingmode.

The following sequence will occur:

1. The green indicator on the lowest avail-able disc select button will start blinking.(Same as preset memory button). Thedisplay shows “Please Wait” .

2. The display changes to “Insert Disc” fora maximum of 15 seconds.

3. During the 15 second interval, insert thedisc. The display changes to “LoadingDisc” .

4. The CD will play after the disc is set to aplay position.

5. The indicator changes from blinkinggreen to solid green and the displaychanges to show the Disc number icon,Disc number, Track number and Elapsedtime.

All disc loading

1. Press and hold the LOAD button until theradio beeps (>1.5 seconds).

2. The green indicator on the lowest avail-able disc select button will start blinking.(Same as preset memory button). Thedisplay shows “Please Wait” .

3. The display changes to “Insert Disc” fora maximum of 15 seconds.

4. During the 15 second interval, insert thedisc. The display changes to “LoadingDisc” .

5. The indicator changes from blinkinggreen to solid green .

6. The disc number icon is turned on.

7. Steps 2-5 are repeated until all discs areloaded, then the last loaded disc willbegin to play. The display shows the Discnumber, Track number and ElapsedTime.

Selected disc loading

1. Press a disc select button whose indica-tor is off. The display shows “PleaseWait” .

2. The green indicator starts blinking andthe display shows “Insert Disc” for 15seconds.

3. Insert the CD. The display shows “Load-ing Disc” .

4. The CD will play after the disc is set to aplay position.

5. The indicator color changes from blink-ing green to solid green and the displayshows the Disc icon, Disc number, Tracknumber and Elapsed Time.

If a disc is not inserted within 15 seconds orif the load button is pressed during loadsequence, the entire disc load sequence willbe canceled.

Disc Play

Press the CD button. If a CD is loaded andthe radio is playing, the radio turns off andthe last loaded disc starts to play.

Selected disc play

1. Press the disc select button whose discicon is displayed.

2. The indicator blinks green during thechange and the display shows “Chang-ing Disc” .

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-25

Z X

Page 130: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

3. The CD plays after the disc is set to aplay position.

4. The indicator changes from blinkinggreen to solid green and the displayshows the Disc number, Track numberand Elapsed Time.

FF (fast forward) REW(rewind) buttons

When the TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) but-ton is pressed while the compact disc isplaying, the compact disc plays at an in-creased speed while fast forwarding or re-winding. When the button is released, theCD returns to normal play speed.

SEEK/TRACK buttons

When is pressed while the compactdisc is playing, the selection following thepresent one starts to play from the begin-ning. Press several times to skip sev-eral selections. Each time the button ispressed, the CD advances one additionalselection. The track number appears in thedisplay window. (When the last selection onthe compact disc is skipped, the first selec-tion is played.)

When is pressed, the selection being

played returns to the beginning. Pressseveral times to skip back several

selections. Each time the button is pressed,the CD moves back one selection. If theplay pattern is in MIX mode when the buttonis pressed, the next random selection will beplayed.

MIXzPTY

Press the MIXzPTY button to change CDplay patterns:

Repeat→Mix→All Mix→Normal Play

Repeat

Press the MIXzPTY button (<1.5 seconds)once to repeat the current track. The “1”icon is turned on, and the display shows“Repeat Track” for 2 seconds. The displaythen shows the Track number and Elapsedtime as normal.

Mix

Press the MIXzPTY button (<1.5 seconds)again to start shuffle play of the current disc.The “MIX” icon is turned on and the displayshows “Mix Tracks” for 2 seconds. Thedisplay then shows the Track number andElapsed time as normal.

All Mix

Press the MIXzPTY button (<1.5 seconds)again to start shuffle play of all discs. The“MIX” icon is turned on, and the displayshows “Mix All Tracks” for 2 seconds. Thedisplay then shows the Track number andElapsed time as normal. Also, the indicatorsof the loaded discs are turned on withamber color. (Green for current disc.)

Normal Play

Press the MIXzPTY button (<1.5 seconds)again to return to normal play mode. The“MIX” icon and the amber LED’s are turnedoff. The display shows “Normal Play” for 2seconds. The display then shows the Tracknumber and Elapsed time as normal.

CD Scan

1 Disc All Tracks

Press the SCAN button (<1.5 seconds) toscan all tracks of the current disc for 7seconds per track. The display shows “DiscScan” for 2 seconds, and then shows thetrack number and elapsed time as normal.The SCAN icon is flashed during Scanmode.

The Scan mode is cancelled once it scans

4-26 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 131: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

through all tracks on the disc, or if the SCANbutton is pressed during Scan mode.

All Discs, 1 Track

Press and hold the SCAN button (>1.5seconds) to scan the first track of all theloaded discs for 7 seconds per track. Thedisplay shows “All Disc Scan” for 2 sec-onds, and then shows the track number andelapsed time as normal. The SCAN icon isflashed during Scan mode.

The Scan mode is cancelled once it scansthrough all the loaded discs, or if the SCANbutton is pressed during Scan mode.

Eject CD

Current disc

1. Press the button.

2. The green indicator starts to blink andthe display shows “Disc Eject” for 2seconds. The display then changes to“Ejecting Disc” .

3. The disc ejects. Remove the disc. (If thedisc is not removed within 15 seconds,the disc will reload.)

4. The indicator and symbol for the disc areturned off.

Select a disc

1. Press the desired disc, then press thebutton.

2. The green indicator starts blinking andthe display shows “Disc Eject” for 2seconds. The display then changes to“Ejecting Disc” .

3. The disc ejects. Remove the disc. (If discis not removed within 15 seconds, discwill reload.)

4. The indicator and symbol for the disc areturned off.

All discs

1. Press and hold the button until itbeeps (>1.5 seconds).

2. Lowest used disc number indicator blinksgreen and display shows “All DiscEject” for 2 seconds. The display thenchanges to “Ejecting Disc” .

3. When a disc is removed, the indicatorand disc icon will be turned off, and thenthe next disc will emerge, and so on.

4. The display will be turned off after alldiscs are ejected and removed.

If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds,or if the button is pressed again duringthe Eject sequence, the entire disc Ejectsequence will be canceled.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-27

Z X

Page 132: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CD CARE AND CLEANING

● Handle a CD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc.

Always place the discs in the storagecase when they are not being used.

● To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaneror alcohol intended for industrial use.

● A new disc may be rough on the inner

and outer edges. Remove the roughedges by rubbing the inner and outeredges with the side of a pen or pencil asillustrated.

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)

‘‘MODE’’ select switchPush the mode select switch to change themodes:

PRESET A→PRESET B→PRESET C→ Insert CD (if so equipped)

Volume control switchesPush ‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’ to increase or decreasethe volume.

LHA0049 LHA0137

4-28 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 133: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

TUNING

Memory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch ‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’for less than 1.5 seconds to change to thenext preset station in memory.

Seek tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch ‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’for more than 1.5 seconds to seek the nextor previous radio station.

Next/Previous Track (CD):

Push the tuning switch ‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’for less than 1.5 seconds to return to thebeginning of the present track or skip to thenext track. Push several times to skip backor skip through tracks.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank inter-val within one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may notstop in the desired or expected location.

Change Disc (CD) (if so equipped):

Push the tuning switch ‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’for more than 1.5 seconds to change theplaying disc up or down.

ANTENNA

Window antennaThe antenna pattern is printed inside therear window.

CAUTION● Do not place metalized film near the

rear window glass or attach anymetal parts to it. This may causepoor reception or noise.

● When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna witha dampened soft cloth.

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your NISSAN, be sure to observethe following cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the MFI(Multiport Fuel Injection) system and otherelectronic parts.

WARNING● A cellular telephone should not be

used while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the useof cellular telephones while driving.

● If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme cautionat all times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

● If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-29

Z X

Page 134: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CAUTION

● Keep the antenna as far as possibleaway from the Engine Control Mod-ule (ECM).

● Keep the antenna wire more than 8in. (20 cm) away from the MultiportFuel Injection harness. Do not routethe antenna wire next to any har-ness.

● Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the manu-facturer.

● Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

● For details, consult an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

4-30 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z X

Page 135: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving...................5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .......................5-2Three-way catalyst ............................................5-2Avoiding collision and rollover...........................5-3Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving....................5-4

Ignition switch.........................................................5-4Automatic transmission .....................................5-4Manual transmission..........................................5-5Key positions .....................................................5-5Nissan vehicle immobilizer system(NVIS) ................................................................5-6

Before starting the engine......................................5-6Starting the engine.................................................5-7Driving the vehicle..................................................5-7

Automatic transmission .....................................5-7Manual transmission........................................5-11

Parking brake .......................................................5-13Cruise control (if so equipped).............................5-14

Precautions on cruise control..........................5-14

Cruise control operations ................................5-14Break-in schedule ................................................5-15Increasing fuel economy ......................................5-16Parking/parking on hills ........................................5-17Power steering .....................................................5-18Brake system........................................................5-18

Braking precautions.........................................5-18Anti-lock brake system (ABS)(if so equipped)................................................5-19

Traction control system (TCS) .............................5-20Cold weather driving ............................................5-21

Freeing a frozen door lock ..............................5-21Anti-freeze .......................................................5-21Battery .............................................................5-21Draining of coolant water ................................5-21Tire equipment.................................................5-22Special winter equipment ................................5-22Driving on snow or ice.....................................5-22Engine block heater (if so equipped) ..............5-23

Z X

Page 136: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● Do not leave children, impaired

adults, or pets alone in your vehicle.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or pos-sibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.

● Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to prevent themfrom playing and becoming lockedin the trunk where they could beseriously injured. Keep the carlocked, with the trunk closed, whennot in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.

EXHAUST GAS(Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbon

monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

● If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

● Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

● Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

● Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing, otherwise exhaust gases couldbe drawn into the passenger com-partment. If you must drive with thetrunk lid open, follow these precau-tions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation but-ton (if so equipped) to the offposition and turn the fan controldial to 4 (high) to circulate the air.

● If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lid orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

● The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst areburned at high temperatures to help reducepollutants.

PRECAUTIONS WHENSTARTING AND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 137: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● The exhaust gas and the exhaust-

system are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust system com-ponents.

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION● Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-

its from leaded gasoline seriouslyreduce the three way catalyst’s abil-ity to help reduce exhaust pollut-ants.

● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause over-rich fuel flow into the three-way cata-lyst, causing it to overheat. Do notkeep driving if the engine misfires,or if noticeable loss of performanceor other unusual operating condi-tions are detected. Have the vehicle

inspected promptly by an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

● Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three way catalyst.

● Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

● Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNINGFailure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle. As with any vehicle, loss ofcontrol could result in a collision withother vehicles or objects, or cause the

vehicle to roll over, particularly if the lossof control causes the vehicle to slidesideways. Be attentive at all times, andavoid driving when tired. Never drive whenunder the influence of alcohol or drugs (in-cluding prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Al-ways wear your seat belt as outlined in the‘‘Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems’’ section of this manual, and alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Starting and driving 5-3

Z X

Page 138: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGSAND DRIVING

WARNINGNever drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgement. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likelihoodof being involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, if youare injured in an accident, alcohol canincrease the severity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive underthe influence of alcohol. Every year thou-sands of people are injured or killed inalcohol related accidents. Although the locallaws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and mostpeople underestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that’s true for drugs, too (over thecounter, prescription, and illegal drugs).Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, orsome other physical condition.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

On automatic transmission models, the ig-nition lock is designed so the key cannot beturned to LOCK and removed until the shiftselector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the shift selector lever is in the P(Park) position.

If the key cannot be turned to the LOCKposition, proceed as follows to remove thekey.

1) Move the shift selector lever into the P(Park) position.

2) Turn the ignition key slightly toward theON position.

3) Turn the key to the LOCK position.

4) Remove the key.

The shift lever is designed so it cannot bemoved out of P (Park) and into any of theother gear positions, if the ignition key isturned to OFF or if the key is removed fromthe switch.

The shift selector lever can be moved ifthe ignition switch is in the ACC posi-tion. This allows the vehicle to be movedif the battery is discharged. The shiftselector lever can also be moved if theignition switch is in the ON position andthe foot brake pedal is depressed.

There is an OFF position between theLOCK and ACC positions. The OFF posi-tion is indicated by a ‘‘1’’ on the keycylinder. When the ignition is in OFF, thesteering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked,it must be turned about 1/8 of a turn clock-wise from the straight up position.

ASD1014

IGNITION SWITCH

5-4 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 139: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

To lock the steering wheel, turn the keyto the LOCK position. Remove the key.To unlock the steering wheel, insert thekey and turn it gently while rotating thesteering wheel slightly right and left.

WARNINGNever remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. The steer-ing wheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle andcould result in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

The ignition switch includes an anti-theftsteering lock device.

The key can only be removed when theignition switch is in the LOCK position.

On manual transmission models, to turn theignition key to LOCK from ACC or ON, turnthe key to OFF, push the key in, then turnthe key to LOCK.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked,it must be turned about 1/8 of a turn clock-wise from the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the keyto the LOCK position. Remove the key.To unlock the steering wheel, insert thekey and turn it gently while rotating thesteering wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. The steer-ing wheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle andcould result in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

KEY POSITIONSLOCK Normal parking position (0)

OFF (1)The engine can be turned off without lockingthe steering wheel.

ACC (Accessories) (2)This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio when the engine isnot running.

ON Normal operating position (3)This position turns on the ignition systemand the electrical accessories.

WSD0016

Starting and driving 5-5

Z X

Page 140: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

START (4)This position activates the starter motor,which starts the engine.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM (NVIS)

The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System(NVIS) will not allow the engine to runwithout the use of the registered NVIS key.

If the engine fails to run using the registeredNVIS key, it may be due to interferencecaused by another NVIS key, an automatedtoll road device or automated payment de-vice on the key ring. Restart the engineusing the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately 5seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the inter-ference) separate from the registeredNVIS key.

If this procedure allows the engine to run,NISSAN recommends placing the regis-tered NVIS key on a separate key ring toavoid interference from other devices.

● Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

● Maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically, for example, eachtime you check engine oil.

● Check that all windows and lights areclean.

● Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

● Lock all doors.

● Position seat and adjust head restraints.

● Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengersto do likewise.

● Check the operation of warning lightswhen key is turned to the ON (3) position.See ‘‘Warning/Indicator lights and au-dible reminders’’ in the ‘‘Instruments andcontrols’’ section.

BEFORE STARTING THEENGINE

5-6 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 141: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Automatic transmission:

Move the shift selector lever to P (Park)or N (Neutral). (P is recommended.)The shift selector lever cannot bemoved out of P (Park) and into any ofthe other gear positions if the ignitionkey is turned to OFF or if the key isremoved.The starter is designed not to operateif the shift selector lever is in any ofthe driving positions.Manual transmission:Move the shift lever to N (Neutral), anddepress the clutch pedal to the floor whilecranking the engine.The starter is designed not to operateunless the clutch pedal is fully de-pressed.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, butfails to run, repeat the above procedure.— If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold or hot weather, de-press and hold the accelerator pedal

to help start the engine.— In the summer, when restarting theengine within 30 minutes after it hasbeen stopped, keep the acceleratorpedal fully depressed while starting.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, turn the key off and wait 10seconds before cranking again, other-wise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-upAllow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especiallyin cold weather.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONWARNING

● Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), 3,2 or 1. Always depress the brakepedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you tolose control and have an accident.

● Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into a for-ward or reverse gear before the en-gine has warmed up.

● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould cause an accident.

CAUTION● When stopping the vehicle on an

uphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brake should be used forthis purpose.

● Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

STARTING THE ENGINE DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Starting and driving 5-7

Z X

Page 142: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Gate type shiftThe automatic transmission in your vehicleis electronically controlled by a transmissioncontrol module to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the rec-ommended operating procedures for thistransmission. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

● After starting the engine, fully depressthe foot brake pedal before shifting theselector lever to the R (Reverse), N(Neutral), D (Drive), 3, 2 or 1. Be surethe vehicle is fully stopped before at-tempting to shift the selector lever.

This automatic transmission is designedso that the foot brake pedal MUST bedepressed before shifting from P (Park)to any drive position while the ignitionswitch is ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out

of P (Park) and into any of the other gearpositions if the ignition key is turned tothe LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if thekey is removed from the ignition switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andshift the selector lever into a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING● If the selector lever cannot be moved

from the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brakepedal is depressed, the stoplightsmay not work. Malfunctioning stop-lights could cause an accident injur-ing yourself and others.

● Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), 3,2, or 1. Always depress the brakepedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you tolose control and have an accident.

LSD0023

5-8 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 143: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into a for-ward or reverse gear before the en-gine has warmed up.

● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while vehicle is moving. This couldcause an accident.

● On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTIONWhen stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brakes should be used for thispurpose.

ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the selector lever fromP (Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), 3, 2 or 1.

WARNINGApply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpect-edly or roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for anyreason while the vehicle is in N (Neutral), orany D (Drive) position, the selector levercannot be moved to P (Park). Additionally,the key cannot be turned to LOCK and beremoved from the ignition switch. If thisoccurs, perform the following steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicleis stopped.

2. Turn the key to ON.

3. Depress the foot brake pedal.

4. Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral) to restart the vehicle (P is pre-ferred). Move the selector lever to P(Park) to park the vehicle and turn theignition key to LOCK to remove the key.

LSD0022

Starting and driving 5-9

Z X

Page 144: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicleis parked or when starting the engine. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped. Formaximum safety, depress the brake pedal,then move the lever to the P (Park) position.The brake pedal must be depressed anytime the selector lever is moved to P (Park).Apply the parking brake. When parking on ahill, apply the parking brake first, then movethe lever to the P (Park) position.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped whenselecting R (Reverse). The brake pedalmust be depressed to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral), or any driveposition to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position.You may shift to N (Neutral) and restart astalled engine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

3 (Third gear):

For driving up or down long slopes whereengine braking would be advantageous.

2 (Second gear):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

Do not exceed 68 MPH (110 km/h) in the 2(Second gear) position.

1 (Low gear):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine brak-ing on steep downhill grades.

Do not exceed 37 MPH (60 km/h) in the 1(Low gear) position.

Shift lock release

If the battery is discharged, the shift selectorlever may not be moved from the P (Park)position even with the brake pedal de-pressed.

To move the shift selector lever, release theshift lock. The selector lever can be movedto N (Neutral). However, the steering wheelwill be locked unless the ignition switch isturned to the ON position. This allows thevehicle to be moved if the battery is dis-charged.

To push the shift lock release button, per-

LSD0024

5-10 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 145: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

form the following procedure.

1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK posi-tion and remove the key.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock release cover asshown.

4. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lockrelease slot and push down.

5. Move the shift selector lever to the N(neutral) position while holding down theshift lock release.

6. Turn the key to the ON position to unlockthe steering wheel.

Now the vehicle may be moved to thedesired location.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have your authorized NISSAN dealer checkthe automatic transmission system as soonas possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brake pedalis depressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lights couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

Accelerator downshift — In D posi-tion —For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. This shiftsthe transmission down into second gear orfirst gear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, thenext time the key is turned to the ONposition, the light in the instrument cluster ofthe selected shift position will blink for ap-proximately 8 seconds after the ignition isturned ON. While the vehicle can be drivenunder these circumstances, please notethat the gears in the automatic transmissionwill be locked in third gear.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme

conditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.This will occur even if all electrical cir-cuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, turn the ignition key OFF and waitfor 3 seconds. Then turn the key back tothe ON position. The vehicle should re-turn to its normal operating condition. Ifit does not return to its normal operatingcondition, have your NISSAN retailercheck the transmission and repair if nec-essary.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

WARNING● Do not downshift abruptly on slip-

pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

● Do not over-rev the engine whenshifting to a lower gear. This maycause a loss of control or enginedamage.

Starting and driving 5-11

Z X

Page 146: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CAUTION● Do not rest your foot on the clutch

pedal while driving. This may causeclutch damage.

● Stop your vehicle completely beforeshifting into R (Reverse).

● When the vehicle is stopped with theengine running (for example at astop light), shift to N (Neutral) andrelease the clutch pedal with the footbrake applied.

Shifting

To change gears, or when upshifting ordownshifting, depress the clutch pedal fully,shift into the appropriate gear, then releasethe clutch slowly and smoothly.

You cannot shift directly from 5th gear intoR (Reverse). First shift into N (Neutral), theninto R (Reverse).

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R(Reverse) or 1st, shift into N (Neutral), thenrelease and depress the clutch pedal againand shift into R (Reverse) or 1st.

Suggested up-shift speeds

Shown below are suggested vehicle speedsfor shifting into a higher gear. These sug-gestions relate to fuel economy and vehicleperformance. Actual shift-up speeds willvary according to road conditions, theweather and individual driving habits.

For normal acceleration in low altitude ar-eas (less than 4,000 ft [1,219 m]):

GEARCHANGE

ACCELshift pointMPH (km/h)

CRUISEshift pointMPH (km/h)

1st to 2nd 15 (24) 15 (24)

2nd to 3rd 25 (40) 18 (29)

3rd to 4th 36 (58) 30 (48)

4th to 5th 40 (64) 39 (63)

For quick acceleration in low altitude areasand high altitude areas (over 4,000 ft [1,219m]):

GEAR CHANGE MPH (km/h)1st to 2nd 15 (24)2nd to 3rd 25 (40)3rd to 4th 40 (64)4th to 5th 45 (72)

WSD0018

5-12 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 147: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Suggested maximum speed in eachgearDownshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrunning smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggestedspeed (shown below) in any gear. For levelroad driving, use the highest gear sug-gested for that speed. Always observeposted speed limits, and drive according tothe road conditions, which will ensure safeoperation. Do not over-rev the engine whenshifting to a lower gear as it may causeengine damage or loss of vehicle control.

GEAR MPH (km/h)1st 30 (48)2nd 60 (96)3rd 90 (144)4th −5th −

To engage: pull the lever up.

To release:1. Firmly apply foot brake.

2. Manual transmission models:

Place the shift selector lever in the N(neutral) position.

Automatic transmission models:

Move the shift selector lever to the P(park) position.

3. While pulling up on the parking brakelever slightly, push the button and lowercompletely.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

WARNING● Be sure the parking brake is fully

released before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and leadto an accident.

● Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

● Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

● Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the park-ing brake and cause an accident.

LSD0019

PARKING BRAKE

Starting and driving 5-13

Z X

Page 148: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

● If the cruise control system malfunctions,it cancels automatically. The SET indica-tor light in the instrument panel thenblinks to warn the driver.

● If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and havethe system checked by an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

● The SET indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control main switch is turnedON while pushing the RES/ACCEL,

COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (lo-cated on the steering wheel). To properlyuse the cruise control system, use thefollowing procedures.

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions.● When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed.● In heavy traffic or in traffic that var-

ies in speed.

● On winding or hilly roads.

● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).● In very windy areas.Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CAUTIONOn manual transmission models, donot shift into N (Neutral) without de-pressing the clutch pedal when thecruise control is set. Should this occur,depress the clutch pedal and turn the-main switch off immediately. Failure todo so may cause engine damage.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERA-TIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 30 to 90 MPH (48 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push themain switch. The CRUISE indicator light inthe instrument panel comes on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. The SETlight in the instrument cluster comes on.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle maintains the set speed.

● To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed.

● The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one ofthe following three methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button; the SET lightin the instrument cluster goes out.

LSD0020

CRUISE CONTROL (if soequipped)

5-14 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 149: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

b) Tap the brake pedal; the SET light goesout.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator on the main switch andSET light in the instrument cluster go out.

The cruise control is automatically can-celled and the SET light in the instrumentpanel goes out if:

● you depress the brake or clutch pedalwhile pushing the RES/ACCEL orCOAST/SET switch.

● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH(13 km/h) below the set speed.

● you depress the clutch pedal (manualtransmission), or move the shift selectorlever to N (Neutral) (automatic transmis-sion).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods.

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

b) Push and hold the RES/ACCEL switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

c) Push and release the RES/ACCEL switch.Each time you do this, the set speedincreases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows to the desired speed.

c) Push and release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed decreases by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES/ACCEL switch. The vehiclereturns to the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 30 MPH (48 km/h).

During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km),follow these recommendations for the futurereliability and economy of your new vehicle.

● Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow.

● Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

● Avoid quick starts.

● Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

● Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

Starting and driving 5-15

Z X

Page 150: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Main-tain cruising speeds with a constant ac-celerator position.

● Drive at moderate speeds on the high-way. Driving at high speed lowers fueleconomy.

● Avoid unnecessary stopping and brak-ing. Maintain a safe distance behindother vehicles.

● Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.

● Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

● Keep your engine tuned up.

● Follow the recommended periodic main-tenance schedule.

● Keep the tires inflated at the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and wastes fuel.

● Keep the front wheels in correct align-ment. Improper alignment increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

● Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner onlywhen necessary.

● When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air condi-tioner and leave the windows closed toreduce drag.

SD1001M

INCREASING FUELECONOMY

5-16 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 151: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNINGDo not park the vehicle over flammablematerials such as dry grass, waste pa-per or rags. They may ignite and causea fire.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Manual transmission models:

Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse)position. When parking on an uphillgrade, place the shift lever in 1 (First)gear.

Automatic transmission models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

WARNING● Safe parking procedures require that

both the parking brake be set andthe transmission placed into P (Park)for automatic transmission modelsor in an appropriate gear for manualtransmission models. Failure to doso could cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and result

in an accident. Make sure the shiftlever has been pushed as far forwardas it can go and cannot be movedwithout depressing the foot brakepedal.

● Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

● Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto traffic when parked on an incline, it isa good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.

● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: s1

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

SD1006M

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Starting and driving 5-17

Z X

Page 152: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: s2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: s3

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK posi-tion and remove the key.

The power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine,to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the hydraulic pumpdrive belt breaks, you will still have control ofthe vehicle. However, much greater steer-ing effort is needed, especially in sharpturns and at low speeds.

WARNINGIf the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe much harder to operate.

The brake system has two separatehydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakeThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure onthe brake pedal will be required to stop thevehicle and stopping distance will be longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This overheats the brakes,increases wear on the brake linings andpads, and reduces gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going downa slope or long grade. Overheated brakesmay reduce braking performance and couldresult in loss of vehicle control.

Parking brake beddingThe parking brake shoes must be ‘‘beddeddown’’ whenever the stopping effect of the

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

5-18 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 153: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

parking brake is weakened or whenever theparking brake shoes and/or drums are re-placed, in order to assure the best brakingperformance.

This procedure is described in the Vehicleservice manual and can be performed byyour NISSAN dealer.

WARNING● While driving on a slippery surface,

be careful when braking, acceleratingor downshifting. Abrupt braking oraccelerating could cause the wheelsto skid and result in an accident.

● If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. As aresult, your braking distance will be longerand the vehicle may pull to one side duringbraking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal

to heat-up the brakes. Do this until thebrakes return to normal. Avoid driving thevehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(ABS) (if so equipped)

The anti-lock brake system installed insome models controls the brakes at eachwheel so the wheels do not lock whenbraking abruptly or when braking on slip-pery surfaces. The system detects the rota-tion speed at each wheel and varies thebrake fluid pressure to prevent each wheelfrom locking and sliding. By preventingwheel lockup, the system helps the drivermaintain steering control and helps to mini-mize swerving and spinning on slipperysurfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNINGDo not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Normal operationThe anti-lock brake system does not oper-ate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10km/h). The speeds vary according to roadconditions. When the anti-lock systemsenses that one or more wheels are close tolocking up, the actuator (under the hood)rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure (like pumping the brakes very quickly).While the actuator is working, you may feela pulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise or vibration from the actuator underthe hood. This is normal and indicates thatthe anti-lock system is working properly.However, the pulsation may indicate thatroad conditions are hazardous and extracare is required while driving.

Self-test featureThe anti-lock brake system is sophisticated,with electronic sensors, electric pumps, andhydraulic solenoids controlled by a com-puter. The computer has a built-in diagnos-tic feature that tests the system each timeyou start the engine and move the vehicle ata low speed in forward or reverse. When theself-test occurs, you may hear a ‘‘clunk’’noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indica-

Starting and driving 5-19

Z X

Page 154: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

tion of any malfunction. If the computersenses any malfunction, it switches the anti-lock brake system OFF and turns on theABS brake warning light in the dashboard.The brake system then operates normally,but without anti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self-test orwhile driving, take the vehicle to an autho-rized NISSAN dealer for repair.

WARNINGThe anti-lock brake system is a sophis-ticated device, but it cannot preventaccidents resulting from careless ordangerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control duringbraking on slippery surfaces, but re-member that the stopping distance onslippery surfaces will be longer than onnormal surfaces, even with the anti-lock brake system. Stopping distancesmay also be longer on rough, gravel orsnow covered roads, or if you are usingtire chains. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the responsibility for safetyof self and others rests in the hands ofthe driver.

● Tire type and condition of tires mayalso affect braking effectiveness.

When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tire on all fourwheels.

● When installing a spare tire, makesure it is the proper size and type asspecified on the tire placard. For tireplacard location information, refer to“Tire placard” in the ‘‘Technical andconsumer information’’ section ofthis manual.

Refer to ‘‘Wheels and tires’’ in the‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ sec-tion of this manual.

When driving on slippery surfaces or sud-denly avoiding obstacles on roads, the ve-hicle might swerve or slip. With the vehicletraction control system, sensors detectthese movements and control the brakingand engine output to help improve vehiclestability while driving.

● When the traction control system is op-erating, the slip indicator in the instru-ment panel blinks.

● If the slip indicator blinks, the vehicle isunder slippery conditions. Be sure todrive carefully. See “Slip indicator light”,and “traction control off indicator light” inthe “Instruments and controls” section.

● If a malfunction occurs in the system,the and indicator lights comeon in the meter panel.

As long as these warning lights are on,the traction control function is canceled.The vehicle will behave like a vehiclewithout the system.

TRACTION CONTROLSYSTEM (TCS)

5-20 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 155: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING● The traction control system is de-

signed to help improve driving sta-bility but does not prevent accidentsdue to abrupt steering operation athigh speeds or by careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. Reducevehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and corneringon slippery surfaces and alwaysdrive carefully.

● If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers, struts, springs and bush-ings are not standard equipment orare extremely deteriorated, the trac-tion control off indicator light maycome on.

● When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the traction control systemmay not operate properly or the

indicator light may come on.Do not drive on these types of roads.

● If tires other than the recommendedones are used, the traction controlsystem may not operate properly orthe indicator light may come on.

● The traction control system is not asubstitute for winter tires or tirechains on a snow covered road.

FREEING A FROZEN DOORLOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin through the key hole. Ifthe lock becomes frozen, heat the key be-fore inserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check the anti-freeze (ethylene glycol base)to assure proper winter protection. For de-tails, see ‘‘Engine cooling system’’ in the‘‘Do-it-yourself’’ section.

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the bat-tery fluid may freeze and damage the bat-tery. To maintain maximum efficiency, thebattery should be checked regularly. Fordetails, see ‘‘Battery’’ in the ‘‘Maintenanceand do-it-yourself ’’ section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system byopening the drain valves located under the

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Starting and driving 5-21

Z X

Page 156: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

radiator and on the engine block. Refillbefore operating the vehicle. See ‘‘Chang-ing engine coolant’’ in the ‘‘Maintenanceand do-it-yourself’’ section.

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to

provide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performance ofthese tires will be substantially reducedin snowy and icy conditions. If you oper-ate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads,NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels. Please consult an authorizedNISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, someU.S. States and Canadian Provinces pro-hibit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, maybe poorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used. Make sure they

are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to thechain manufacturer’s suggestions.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sug-gestions. Use only SAE Class ‘‘S’’ chains.Other types may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended bythe tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tightfit. Loose end links of the tire chain must besecured or removed to prevent the possibil-ity of whipping action damage to the fendersor underbody. If possible, avoid fully loadingyour vehicle when using tire chains. In ad-dition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,your vehicle may be damaged and/or ve-hicle handling and performance may beadversely affected.

Never install tire chains on spare tires. Donot use tire chains on dry roads.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

1. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

2. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

3. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

4. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING● Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),

very cold snow or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. The ve-hicle will have much less traction or‘‘grip’’ under these conditions. Try toavoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

● Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheelswill lose even more traction.

5-22 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 157: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

● Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

● Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steer-ing maneuvers.

● Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

● Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)An engine block heater to assist extremecold temperature starting is availablethrough an authorized NISSAN dealer.

WARNINGDo not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You can beinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.

Starting and driving 5-23

Z X

Page 158: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

MEMO

5-24 Starting and driving

Z X

Page 159: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

6 In case of emergency

Flat tire ...................................................................6-2Changing a flat tire ............................................6-2

Jump starting..........................................................6-6Push starting ..........................................................6-8If your vehicle overheats ........................................6-8

Towing your vehicle ...............................................6-9Towing recommended by Nissan....................6-10Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuckvehicle) ............................................................6-11

Z X

Page 160: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow:

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off of the road

and away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the manual transmis-sion into R (Reverse), or the automatictransmission into P (Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, andto signal professional road assistancepersonnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING● Make sure the parking brake is se-

curely applied and the manual trans-mission is shifted into R (Reverse),or the automatic transmission into P(Park).

● Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

● Never change tires if oncoming traf-fic is close to your vehicle. Wait forprofessional road assistance.

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from rollingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNINGBe sure to block the wheel as the ve-hicle may move and result in personalinjury.

MCE0001

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 161: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Getting the spare tire and toolsOpen the trunk. Lift the trunk floor carpetingand spare tire cover. Remove the jack andwheel nut wrench from the tool box. Re-move the spare tire.

Jacking up vehicle and removingthe damaged tire

WARNING● Never get under the vehicle while it

is supported only by the jack.

● Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle. Do not use the jack providedwith your vehicle on other vehicles.The jack is designed for lifting onlyyour vehicle during a tire change.

LCE0022 LCE0021 CE1089

In case of emergency 6-3

Z X

Page 162: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of the ve-hicle for jack support.

● Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

● Never use blocks on or under thejack.

● Do not start or run engine whilevehicle is on the jack. It may causethe vehicle to move. This is espe-cially true for vehicles with limitedslip differential carriers.

● Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

● Never run the engine with the wheelsoff the ground. It may cause thevehicle to move.

The wheel covers are held on by thewheel nuts. The wheel cover will be re-moved along with the wheel when thenuts are removed.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following in-structions:

1. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns

by turning them counterclockwise withthe wheel nut wrench. Do not removethe wheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated above so the top ofthe jack contacts the vehicle at thejack-up point. Align the jack head be-tween the two notches in the front or therear as shown. Also fit the groove of thejack head between the notches asshown.

The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jacklever and rod with both hands as shown.Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. Remove the wheelnuts, and then remove the tire.

LCE0020

6-4 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 163: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Installing the spare tireThe spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. See specific instructions under theheading ‘‘Wheels and tires’’ in the ‘‘Main-tenance and do-it-yourself’’ section.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on. Install andtighten the wheel nuts by hand.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly until they aretight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts se-curely in the sequence illustrated. Lowerthe vehicle completely.

WARNING

● Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

● Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

● Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb(108 Nzm)

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for three hours or more or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireplacard affixed to the driver’s door, centerpillar.

5. With the spare tire installed on the ve-hicle, place the damaged tire in the sparetire storage area. Put the jack rod andwheel nut wrench in the tool bag andplace the tool bag in the spare tire stor-age area.

6. Place the spare tire cover and the trunkfloor carpeting over the damaged tire.

7. Install the jack in its storage area.

8. Close the trunk.

WARNING● Always make sure that the spare tire

and jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

WCE0024

In case of emergency 6-5

Z X

Page 164: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructionsunder the heading ‘‘Wheels andtires’’ in the ‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions below mustbe followed.

WARNING● If done incorrectly, jump starting can

lead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It couldalso damage your vehicle.

● Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

● Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulfuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

● Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

● The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improper ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

● Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye pro-tectors (for example, goggles or in-dustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

● Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

● Your vehicle has an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and other ob-jects away from it.

JUMP STARTING

6-6 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 165: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle, position the two vehicles to bringtheir batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shiftselector lever to N (Neutral) (manualtransmission) or to P (Park) (automatictransmission). Switch off all unncessary

electrical systems (lights, heater, air con-ditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated.

CAUTION● Always connect positive (+) to posi-

tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, strut mounting

bolt, engine lift bracket, etc.) — notto the battery.

● Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and start theengine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTIONDo not keep starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn the keyoff and wait 3 to 4 seconds beforetrying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and then thepositive cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may be con-taminated with corrosive acid.

ACE1013

In case of emergency 6-7

Z X

Page 166: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CAUTION● Automatic transmission models can-

not be push started. This may causetransmission damage.

● Three way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushing.The three way catalyst may be dam-aged.

● Never try to start the vehicle by tow-ing it. When the engine starts, theforward surge could cause the ve-hicle to collide with the tow vehicle.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading),or if you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:

WARNING

● Do not continue to drive if your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

● To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorcap while the engine is still hot.When the radiator cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

● Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to N (Neutral) (manual trans-mission) or to P (Park) (automatic trans-mission).

Do not stop the engine.2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the

windows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the ra-diator before opening the hood. Wait untilno steam or coolant can be seen beforeproceeding.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNINGIf steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fanis running. The radiator hoses and radia-tor should not leak water. If coolant isleaking, the water pump belt is missing orloose, or the cooling fan does not run,stop the engine.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLEOVERHEATS

6-8 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 167: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNINGBe careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The enginecooling fan motor can start at any timewhen the coolant temperature is high.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the res-ervoir tank if necessary. Have your ve-hicle repaired at an authorized NISSANdealer.

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provin-cial in Canada) and local regulations for tow-ing must be followed. Incorrect towing equip-ment could damage your vehicle. Towinginstructions are available from an authorizedNISSAN dealer. Local service operators willgenerally be familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, NISSAN recommends having aservice operator tow your vehicle. It is advis-able to have the service operator carefullyread the following precautions:

WARNING● Never ride in a vehicle that is being

towed.● Never get under your vehicle after it

has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION● When towing, make sure that the

transmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any unit is damaged, dolliesmust be used.

● Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

ACE0511

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

In case of emergency 6-9

Z X

Page 168: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION● Never tow automatic transmission

models with the front wheels on theground or four wheels on the ground(forward or backward), as this maycause serious and expensive dam-age to the transmission. If it is nec-essary to tow the vehicle with therear wheels raised, always use tow-ing dollies under the front wheels.

● When towing automatic transmis-sion models with the front wheels on

towing dollies, or when towingmanual transmission models withthe front wheels on the ground:● Turn the ignition key to the OFF

position, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device.Never place the ignition key in theLOCK position. This will result indamage to the steering lockmechanism.

● Move the gearshift lever to the N(Neutral) position.

● When towing automatic or manualtransmission models with the rearwheels on the ground (if you do notuse towing dollies): Always releasethe parking brake.

ACE1001

6-10 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 169: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

Front

● Use the towing hook only, not otherparts of the vehicle. Otherwise, the ve-hicle body will be damaged.

● Use the towing hook only to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.Never tow the vehicle for a long distanceusing only the towing hook.

● The towing hook is under tremendousforce when used to free a stuck vehicle.

Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front or rear of the vehicle. Never pullon the hook at an angle.

● Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

Rear● Tow chains or cables must be attached

only to the main structural members ofthe vehicle.

● Pulling devices should be routed so theydo not touch any part of the suspension,steering, brake or cooling systems.

● Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front or rear of the vehicle. Never pullon the vehicle at an angle.

● Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

WARNINGDo not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

WCE0023

In case of emergency 6-11

Z X

Page 170: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

MEMO

6-12 In case of emergency

Z X

Page 171: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ....................................................7-2Washing.............................................................7-2Waxing...............................................................7-2Removing spots.................................................7-3Underbody .........................................................7-3Glass..................................................................7-3Aluminum alloy wheels......................................7-4Chrome parts.....................................................7-4

Cleaning interior .....................................................7-4

Floor mats..........................................................7-4Seat belts ..........................................................7-5

Corrosion protection...............................................7-5Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion................................................7-5Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion........................................................7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion .............7-6

Z X

Page 172: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

In the following cases, please wash yourvehicle as soon as possible to protect thepaint surface:

● after a rainfall to prevent possible dam-age from acid rain.

● after driving on coastal roads.

● when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface.

● when dust or mud builds up on the surface.

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty ofwater. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using amild soap, a special vehicle soap or generalpurpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION● Do not wash the vehicle with strong

household soap, strong chemicaldetergents, gasoline or solvents.

● Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

● Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so that the paint surface isnot scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-fore, these areas must be regularly cleaned.Take care that the drain holes in the loweredge of the door are open. Spray waterunder the body and in the wheel wells toloosen the dirt and wash away road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry thevehicle to avoid water spots.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.After waxing, polishing is recommended toremove built-up residue and to avoid a‘‘weathered’’ appearance.

Your NISSAN dealer can assist you in

MAI0001

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Z X

Page 173: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

choosing the proper product.

● Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

● Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

● If the surface does not polish easily, usea “road tar” remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the surface of the paint to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaning prod-ucts are available at an authorized NISSANdealer or any automotive accessory store.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt from buildingup and causing the acceleration of corro-sion on the underbody and suspension.

Before winter and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if neces-sary, retreated.

GLASSWhen cleaning the rear window, it may beeasier to clean if the high-mounted stop lightis removed first.

Be careful when removing the high-mounted stop light to reduce the risk ofdamaging the high-mounted stop lightwires.

The high-mounted stop light must be prop-erly reinstalled before driving your vehicle.

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor-mal for glass to become coated with a film

AAI1001

Appearance and care 7-3

Z X

Page 174: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun.Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easilyremove this film.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could dam-age the electrical conductors, radio an-tenna, or rear window defogger ele-ments.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSWash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Ifnot removed, salt could discolor the wheels.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with anon-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft brush. Wipe thevinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, softcloth dampened in mild soap solution, thenwipe clean with a dry, soft cloth. Beforeusing any fabric protector, read the manu-facturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stainor bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION● Never use benzine, thinner, or any

similar material.● The leather seats should be regu-

larly coated with a leather wax likesaddle soap. Never use car wax.

● Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

● Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

FLOOR MATSThe use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. No mat-ter what mats are used, be sure they arefitted for your vehicle and are properlypositioned in the footwell to prevent inter-ference with pedal operation. Mats shouldbe maintained with regular cleaning and re-placed if they become excessively worn.

CLEANING INTERIOR

7-4 Appearance and care

Z X

Page 175: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Floor mat positioning aid(Driver’s side only)

This vehicle includes a front floor matbracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid.NISSAN floor mats have been speciallydesigned for your vehicle model. The driv-er’s side floor mat has a grommet holeincorporated in it. Position the mat by plac-ing the floor mat bracket hook through thefloor mat grommet hole while centering themat in the footwell.

Periodically check to make certain the matsare properly positioned.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely in the shade before using them. See“Seat belt maintenance” in the “Seats, re-straints and supplemental air bag systems”section of this owner’s manual.

WARNINGDo not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye,or chemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these may severely weakenthe seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION1. The accumulation of moisture-retaining

dirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

2. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN-FLUENCE THE RATE OF COR-ROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate cor-rosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle, and should beremoved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated:

● in areas of high relative humidity.

● in areas where the temperatures stayabove freezing.

LAI0003

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

Z X

Page 176: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● where atmospheric pollution exists.

● where road salt is used.

TemperatureA temperature increase accelerates the rateof corrosion to those parts which are notwell ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse accelerates the corrosion process.Road salt also accelerates the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION● wash and wax your vehicle often to keep

the vehicle clean.

● always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

● keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

● check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

● NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaneror broom.

● Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor panand fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult an authorized NISSANdealer.

7-6 Appearance and care

Z X

Page 177: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

MEMO

Appearance and care 7-7

Z X

Page 178: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements.....................................8-2General maintenance.............................................8-3

Explanation of general maintenanceitems ..................................................................8-3

Maintenance precautions .......................................8-5Engine compartment check locations QRengine.....................................................................8-7Engine compartment check locations VQengine.....................................................................8-8Engine cooling system ...........................................8-9

Checking engine coolant level ..........................8-9Changing engine coolant ................................8-10

Engine oil .............................................................8-10Checking engine oil level ................................8-10Changing engine oil ........................................8-11Changing engine oil filter.................................8-13

Automatic transmission fluid ................................8-14Temperature conditions for checking..............8-14

Power steering fluid..............................................8-15Brake and clutch fluid...........................................8-16

Brake fluid........................................................8-16Clutch fluid.......................................................8-16

Window washer fluid ............................................8-17Battery ..................................................................8-17

Jump starting...................................................8-18Drive belts ............................................................8-19Spark plugs ..........................................................8-20

Replacing spark plugs (QR25DE)...................8-20Replacing spark plugs (VQ35DE) ...................8-20

Air cleaner ............................................................8-21Cabin air filter (if so equipped)........................8-21

Windshield wiper blades ......................................8-24Cleaning ..........................................................8-24Replacing.........................................................8-24

Parking brake and brake pedal............................8-25Checking parking brake...................................8-25Checking brake pedal .....................................8-25Brake booster ..................................................8-26

Clutch pedal .........................................................8-26Checking clutch pedal .....................................8-26

Fuses....................................................................8-27Engine compartment .......................................8-27Passenger compartment .................................8-28

Keyfob battery replacement .................................8-29

Z X

Page 179: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Lights ....................................................................8-30Headlights........................................................8-30Front park/turn/sidemarker light ......................8-31Fog lights .........................................................8-31Exterior and interior lights ...............................8-32

Wheels and tires ..................................................8-38Tire pressure ...................................................8-38Types of tires...................................................8-38Tire chains.......................................................8-39Changing tires and wheels..............................8-40

Z X

Page 180: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Your new NISSAN has been designed tohave minimum maintenance requirementswith longer service intervals to save youboth time and money. However, some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essentialto maintain your NISSAN’s good mechani-cal condition, as well as its emission andengine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesproper maintenance. You are a vital link inthe maintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance

For your convenience, both required andoptional scheduled maintenance items aredescribed and listed in your “Nissan Serviceand Maintenance Guide.” You must refer tothat guide to ensure that necessary mainte-nance is performed on your Nissan at regu-lar intervals.

General maintenance

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal

day-to-day operation of the vehicle. Theyare essential if your vehicle is to continue tooperate properly. It is your responsibility toperform these maintenance proceduresregularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quire minimal mechanical skill and only afew general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, an authorized NISSAN dealer.

Where to go for service

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and tuned by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists who are kept up-to-date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in-dealershiptraining programs. They are completelyqualified to work on NISSAN vehiclesbefore they work on your vehicle, ratherthan after they have worked on it.

You can be confident that an authorizedNISSAN dealer’s service department per-

forms the best job to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle — in a reliableand economic way.

MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTS

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 181: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance should beperformed regularly as prescribed in thissection. If you detect any unusual sounds,vibrations or smells, be sure to check for thecause or have an authorized NISSANdealer do it promptly. In addition, you shouldnotify an authorized NISSAN dealer if youthink that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the precau-tions in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with ‘‘*’’ is found later in this sec-tion.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge atleast once a month and always prior to longdistance trips, including the spare, and ad-just to the specified pressure if necessary.

Check carefully for damage, cuts or exces-sive wear.

Wheel nuts* When checking the tires, makesure no wheel nuts are missing, and check forany loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Wheel alignment and balance If the ve-hicle should pull to either side while drivingon a straight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there may bea need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

Windshield Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at leastevery six months for cracks or other dam-age. Have a damaged windshield repairedby a qualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades* Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Doors and hood Check that the doors andthe hood operate properly. Also ensure thatall latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges,latches, latch pins, rollers and links as nec-

essary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubricationfrequently.

Lights* Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing periodic maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Warning lights and chimes Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield wiper and washer* Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operating theheater or air conditioner.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Z X

Page 182: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Steering wheel Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free-play, hard steering or strange noises.

Seats Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move up anddown smoothly and the locks (if soequipped) hold securely in all latched posi-tions.

Seat belts Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (e.g., buckles, anchors, adjust-ers and retractors) operate properly andsmoothly, and are installed securely. Checkthe belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear ordamage.

Accelerator pedal Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Clutch pedal* Make sure the pedal oper-ates smoothly and check that it has theproper free travel.

Brakes Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Brake pedal and booster* Check the pedalfor smooth operation and make sure it hasthe proper distance under it when de-pressed fully. Check the brake booster func-tion. Be certain to keep the floor mat awayfrom the pedal.

Parking brake* Check that the lever hasthe proper travel and confirm that yourvehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hillwith only the parking brake applied.

Automatic transmission P (Park) posi-tion mechanism Check that the lock re-lease button on the selector lever operatesproperly and smoothly. On a fairly steep hillcheck that your vehicle is held securely withthe selector lever in the P position withoutapplying any brakes.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (e.g., each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Windshield washer fluid* Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

Engine oil level* Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level surface withthe engine off. Wait more than 10 minutes

for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.

Brake and clutch fluid levels* Make surethat the brake and clutch fluid level is be-tween the MIN and MAX lines on the reser-voir.

Power steering fluid level* and linesCheck the level when the fluid is cold, withthe engine off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Automatic transmission fluid level*Check the level after putting the selectorlever in P with the engine idling at operatingtemperature.

Engine coolant level* Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Radiator and hoses Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, de-formation, rot or loose connections.

Engine drive belts* Make sure the drivebelts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequent

8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 183: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

checks of the battery fluid level.

Exhaust system Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately havethe exhaust system inspected by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer. See the carbon mon-oxide warning in the ‘‘Starting and driving’’section of this manual.

Underbody The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances from the underbody, otherwise rustmay form on the floor pan, frame, fuel linesand exhaust system. At the end of winter,the underbody should be thoroughly flushedwith plain water, in those areas where mudand dirt may have accumulated. See the‘‘Appearance and care’’ section of thismanual.

Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after use isnormal. If you should notice any leaks or ifgasoline fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING● Park the vehicle on a level surface,

apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. For manual trans-mission models, move the shift leverto (N) Neutral. For an automatictransmission models, move the shiftselector lever to P (Park).

● Be sure the ignition key is in the OFFor LOCK position when performingany parts replacement or repairs.

● Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, always dis-connect the negative battery cablebefore working near the fan.

● If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans,belts and any other moving parts.

● It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

● Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

● If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

● Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

● Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.

● On gasoline engine models with themultiport fuel injection (MFI) system,the fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by an authorized NISSAN

MAINTENANCEPRECAUTIONS

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

Z X

Page 184: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

dealer because the fuel lines areunder high pressure even when theengine is off.

CAUTION● Do not work under the hood while

the engine is hot. Turn off the engineand wait until it cools down.

● Never connect or disconnect the bat-tery or any transistorized compo-nent while the ignition is in the ONposition.

● Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related componentharnesses disconnected while theignition is in the ON position.

● Avoid contact with used engine oiland coolant. Improperly disposedengine oil, engine coolant, and/orother vehicle fluids can damage theenvironment. Always conform to lo-cal regulations for disposal of ve-hicle fluid.

This ‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ sec-tion gives instructions regarding only thoseitems which are relatively easy for an ownerto perform.

A genuine NISSAN service manual is alsoavailable. See ‘‘Owner’s manual/servicemanual order information’’ in the ‘‘Technicaland consumer information’’ section.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect your warranty coverage. If indoubt about any servicing, have it doneby an authorized NISSAN dealer.

8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 185: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Spark plug caps

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T models)

5. Air cleaner

6. Battery

7. Fuse/fusible link box

8. Transmission dipstick (A/T models)

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Radiator cap

11. Fuse block

12. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

13. Coolant reservoir

14. Engine oil filler cap

NOTE: Engine cover removed for clarity

LDI0073

ENGINE COMPARTMENTCHECK LOCATIONS QRENGINE

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7

Z X

Page 186: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T models)

5. Air cleaner

6. Battery

7. Fuse/fusible link box

8. Transmission dipstick (A/T models)

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Radiator cap

11. Fuse block

12. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

13. Coolant reservoir

NOTE: Engine cover removed for clarity

LDI0074

ENGINE COMPARTMENTCHECK LOCATIONS VQENGINE

8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 187: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze so-lution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,therefore additional engine cooling systemadditives are not necessary.

CAUTIONWhen adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only an ethelene glycol anti-freeze with the proper mixture ratio of50% Genuine Nissan Anti-freeze coolantor equivalent and 50% demineralized ordistilled water. The use of other types ofcoolant solutions may damage the en-gine cooling system.

Outsidetemperature

down to

GenuineNissan

Anti-freezecoolant orequivalent

Demineral-ized or dis-tilled water

°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

WARNING● Never remove the radiator cap when

the engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

● The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To preventengine damage, use only a genuineNISSAN radiator cap.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant levelis below MIN, add coolant up to the MAXlevel. If the reservoir is empty, check thecoolant level in the radiator when the en-gine is cold. If there is insufficient coolantin the radiator, fill the radiator with coolantup to the filler opening and also add it to thereservoir up to the MAX level.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

WDI0144

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9

Z X

Page 188: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTAn authorized NISSAN dealer can changethe engine coolant. The service procedureis found in NISSAN’s Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine over-heating.

WARNING● To avoid the danger of being

scalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

● Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

● Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

● Keep coolant out of reach of childrenand pets.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

WDI0145 WDI0146

ENGINE OIL

8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 189: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H(High) and L (Low) marks. If the oil levelis below the L (Low) mark, remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilthrough the opening. Do not overfill.

6. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the sever-ity of operating conditions.

CAUTIONOil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not cov-ered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature, then turnit off.

3. Remove the oil filler cap.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

5. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

LDI0119 WDI0120

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11

Z X

Page 190: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

If the oil filter is to be changed, removeand replace it at this time. See ‘‘Chang-ing engine oil filter’’ later in this section.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. Theengine oil may be hot.

● Waste oil must be disposed of properly.

● Check your local regulations.

6. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N zm)

Do not overtighten.

7. Refill the engine with a recommended oilthrough the oil filler opening, then installthe oil filler cap securely.

See the ‘‘Technical and consumer informa-tion’’ section for drain and refill capacity.

The drain and refill capacity depends on theoil temperature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Alwaysuse the dipstick to determine when theproper amount of oil is in the engine.

8. Start the engine. Check for leakagearound the drain plug. Correct as re-quired.

9. Turn the engine off and wait severalminutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

WARNING● Prolonged and repeated contact with

used engine oil may cause skin can-cer.

● Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

● Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

WDI0123

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 191: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Place a large drain pan under the oilfilter.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. Then, remove the oil filter byturning it by hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. Theengine oil may be hot.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old gasket mate-rial remaining on the mounting surface ofthe engine.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resis-

tance is felt, then tighten an additional2/3 turn.

8. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

9. Turn the engine off and wait severalminutes. Check the oil level. Add engineoil if necessary.

WDI0121 WDI0136

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13

Z X

Page 192: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING

● When the engine is running, keephands, jewelry and clothing awayfrom any moving parts such as thecooling fan and drive belts.

● Automatic transmission fluid is poi-sonous and should be stored care-fully in marked containers out of thereach of children.

TEMPERATURE CONDITIONSFOR CHECKING

● The fluid level should be checked usingthe HOT range on the dipstick after thefollowing conditions have been met:

— The engine should be warmed up tooperating temperature.

— The vehicle should be driven at least 5minutes.

— The automatic transmission fluid shouldbe warmed to between 122° and 176°F(50° to 80°C).

● The fluid can be checked at fluid tem-peratures of 86° to 122°F (30 to 50°C)using the COLD range on the dipstick,after the engine is warmed up and beforedriving. However, the fluid should bere-checked using the HOT range.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andset the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and then move the shiftselector lever through each gear range.Move the shift selector lever to P (Park)after you have moved it through allranges.

LDI0122 WDI0147

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 193: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

3. Check the fluid level with the engineidling.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it cleanwith lint-free paper.

5. Reinsert the dipstick into the dipsticktube as far as it will go.

6. Remove the dipstick and note the read-ing. If the level is at the low side of eitherrange, add fluid through the dipstick tube.

CAUTIONDO NOT OVERFILL. USE ONLY NISSANMatic ‘D’ (Continental U.S. and Alaska)or Canada NISSAN Automatic Trans-mission Fluid. Dexron™ III/Mercon™ orequivalent may also be used. Outsidethe continental United States andAlaska contact an authorized NISSANdealership for more information re-garding suitable fluids, including rec-ommended brand(s) of Dexron™III/Mercon™ Automatic TransmissionFluid.

NOTE:

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic inhot weather, or if it is being used to pulla trailer, the accurate fluid level cannotbe read. You should wait until the fluidhas cooled down (about 30 minutes).

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT MAX range on the power steering fluidreservoir at fluid temperatures of 122° to176°F (50° to 80°C) or using the COLDMAX range on the power steering fluidreservoir at fluid temperatures of 32° to86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION● DO NOT OVERFILL.● Recommended fluid is Genuine

NISSAN PSF II or equivalent.

WDI0125 ADI1117

POWER STEERING FLUID

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15

Z X

Page 194: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

BRAKE FLUIDCheck the brake fluid level in the reservoir. Ifthe fluid level is below the MIN line or thebrake warning light comes on, add GenuineNissan Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluidup to the MAX line. If fluid must be addedfrequently, the system should be thoroughlychecked by an authorized NISSAN dealer.

CLUTCH FLUIDCheck the clutch fluid level in the reservoir(manual transmission only). If the fluid levelis below the MIN line, add Genuine NissanBrake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up tothe MAX line. If fluid must be added fre-quently, the system should be thoroughlychecked by an authorized NISSAN dealer.

For further brake and clutch fluid specifica-tion information, refer to ‘‘Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants’’ in the ‘‘Tech-nical and consumer information’’ section ofthis manual.

WARNINGUse only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior, or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake and clutchsystems. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system and af-fect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

CAUTIONDo not spill the fluid on painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, immediately wash thesurface with water.

LDI0079 LDI0080

BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 195: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, liftthe cap off the reservoir tank and pour thewindow washer fluid into the tank opening.

Add a washer solvent to the water for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a wind-shield washer antifreeze. Follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

Add window washer fluid when thelight comes on.

CAUTIONDo not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for windshield washer solution.This may result in damage to the paint.

● Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Any corrosion should be washed off witha solution of baking soda and water.

● Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

● If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (—) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharge.

WARNING● Do not expose the battery to flames

or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 min-utes and seek medical attention.

WDI0148

WINDOW WASHER FLUID BATTERY

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17

Z X

Page 196: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Do not operate the vehicle if the fluidin the battery is low. Low batteryfluid can cause a higher load on thebattery which can generate heat, re-duce battery life, and in some caseslead to an explosion.

● When working on or near the battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

● Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after han-dling.

● Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

1. To remove the cap, gently pry betweenthe battery cap and cover as illustrated.

Use a cloth to protect the battery case.

2. Check the fluid level in each cell.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level up to theOK level indicator in each filler opening.Do not overfill.

Vehicles operated in high temperaturesor under severe conditions require fre-quent checks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see the ‘‘Incase of emergency’’ section of this owner’smanual. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be re-

ADI0500 DI1310

8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 197: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

placed. Contact an authorized NISSANdealer.

WARNINGBe sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness.If the belt is in poor condition or is loose,have it replaced or adjusted by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with the main-tenance schedule found in the ‘‘NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide.’’

LDI0082 LDI0083

DRIVE BELTS

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19

Z X

Page 198: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Platinum-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as conven-tional type spark plugs because they lastmuch longer. Follow the maintenanceschedule, but do not reuse the spark plugsby cleaning or regapping.

● Always replace spark plugs with rec-ommended or equivalent ones.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS(QR25DE)

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

2. Remove the coil pack bolt.

3. Remove the coil pack/spark plug bootfrom the spark plug.

4. Remove the spark plugs with a sparkplug socket.

The plug socket has a rubber seal thatholds the spark plug so it does not fallwhen it is pulled out. Make sure eachspark plug is snugly fitted into the sparkplug socket.

5. Fit the new plugs, one at a time, into thespark plug socket and install them. Useonly the specified spark plugs. Turneach plug several full turns by hand, thentighten with the spark plug socket to thecorrect torque. Do not overtighten.

Spark plug tightening torque:

14 to 22 ft-lb(20 to 29 N zm)

6. Install the coil pack/spark plug boot onthe spark plug by pushing it on until youfeel a snap.

7. Install the coil pack bolt.

Coil pack tightening torque:

48-65 in-lb(5.4 - 7.3 Nzm)

8. Connect the negative battery cable.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS(VQ35DE)If replacement is required, see your NIS-SAN dealer for servicing.

WDI0005

SPARK PLUGS

8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 199: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

The air cleaner filter should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance intervals shown in the‘‘NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.’’When replacing the filter, wipe the inside ofthe air cleaner filter housing and the coverwith a damp cloth.

WARNING● Operating the engine with the air

cleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops theflame if the engine backfires. If itisn’t there, and the engine backfires,you could be burned. Do not drivewith the air cleaner removed, and becareful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

● Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

CABIN AIR FILTER (if soequipped)The cabin air filter restricts the entry ofairborne dust and pollen particles and re-duces some objectionable outside odors.The filter is located behind the glove box.Refer to the ‘‘Nissan Service and Mainte-nance Guide’’ for change intervals.

To replace the filter, perform the followingprocedure:

LDI0084

AIR CLEANER

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21

Z X

Page 200: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1. Remove the 2 lower glove box hingepins. Remove the glove box from theopening and let it hang by the cord.

2. Remove the filter cover from the intakeunit by disengaging the 2 hook tabs atthe bottom of the cover.

NOTE:

The filter is marked ‘‘UP’’ with an arrow.The end of the filter with the arrowshould face the rear of the vehicle.

3. Slide the filter into the housing.

LDI0154 LDI0155 LDI0156

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 201: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

NOTE:

Make sure the filter sits on top of the 2supporting tabs on the hosing.

4. Replace the cover by inserting the uppertabs inside the housing slot and pushingthe hook tabs until they snap onto thehousing lip.

5. Install the glove box door.

6. Fill out the date information on the smallreplacement label and attach it to theglove box lid.

LDI0157

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23

Z X

Page 202: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chat-ters when running, wax or other materialmay be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water.If your windshield is still not clear after

cleaning the blades and using the wiper,replace the blades.

CAUTIONWorn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm away from the wind-shield.

2. Push the tab, then move the wiper bladedown the wiper arm to remove.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until it clicks.

CAUTION

● After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged whenthe hood is opened.

● Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arms maybe damaged from wind pressure.

ADI1022

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 203: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

If you wax the surface of the hood, becareful not to let wax get into the washernozzle. This may cause clogging or im-proper windshield washer operation. If waxgets into the nozzle, remove it with a needleor small pin.

CHECKING PARKING BRAKEFrom the released position, pull the parkingbrake lever up slowly and firmly. If thenumber of clicks is out of the range listedabove, see an authorized NISSAN dealer.

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALWith the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal andthe metal floor. If it is out of the range shownabove, see an authorized NISSAN dealer.

ADI0613

LDI0085 WDI0129

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKEPEDAL

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25

Z X

Page 204: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front and rear, disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it makes a highpitched scraping or screeching sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wearindicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops is nor-mal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For more information regard-ing brake inspections, see the appropriatemaintenance schedule information in the‘‘NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.’’

BRAKE BOOSTERCheck the brake booster function as fol-lows:

1. With the engine off, press and releasethe brake pedal several times. Whenbrake pedal movement (distance oftravel) remains the same from one pedalapplication to the next, continue on to thenext step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, startthe engine. The pedal height should dropa little.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keep the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds. The pedal heightshould not change.

4. Run the engine for one minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn itoff. Depress the brake pedal severaltimes. The pedal travel distance will de-crease gradually with each depressionas the vacuum is released from thebooster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, see anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

CHECKING CLUTCH PEDALPress the pedal by hand and be sure thefree travel is within the limits shown above.If free travel is out of the range shownabove, see an authorized NISSAN dealer.

ADI0528

CLUTCH PEDAL

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 205: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher amperagerating than specified on the fuse boxcover. This could damage the electricalsystem or cause a fire.

If the electrical equipment does not comeon, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-light switch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse pullerlocated in the passenger compartmentfuse box.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired by anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

Fusible linksIf the electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine NISSANparts.

WDI0149

FUSES

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27

Z X

Page 206: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTCAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher amperagerating than specified on the fuse boxcover. This could damage the electricalsystem or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-light switch are OFF.

2. Open the fuse box cover.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired by anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

WDI0053

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 207: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

1. Open the lid using a coin.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025or equivalent.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Press the button, then the buttontwo or three times to check the keyfoboperation.

Each time the button is pressed, the

hazard lights flash once.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4.

● An improperly disposed battery canhurt the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

● The keyfob is water-resistant; how-ever, if it does get wet, immediatelywipe completely dry.

● The operational range of the keyfobextends to approximately 33 ft (10 m)from the vehicle. This range may varywith conditions.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

LPD0081

KEYFOB BATTERYREPLACEMENT

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29

Z X

Page 208: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing the xenon headlight bulb

WARNINGHIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at an autho-rized NISSAN dealer. For additional in-formation, see ‘‘Headlight and turnsignal switch’’ in the ‘‘Instruments andcontrols’’ section.

Replacing the halogen headlightbulbThe headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable halogen bulb.Because the headlight assembly must beremoved from the vehicle for bulb replace-ment, see your NISSAN Dealer.

CAUTION● Do not leave the headlight assembly

open without a bulb installed for along period of time. Dust, moisture,smoke, etc. entering the headlightbody may affect bulb performance.Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly just before a replacementbulb is installed.

● Only touch the plastic base whenhandling the bulb. Never touch theglass envelope. Touching the glasscould significantly affect bulb lifeand/or headlight performance.

● High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

● Use the same number and wattageas originally installed:

Low Beam High BeamWattage 55 60Bulb no. H1 HB (9005)

● Aiming is not necessary after replac-ing the bulb. When aiming adjust-ment is necessary, contact an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

LIGHTS

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 209: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

FRONTPARK/TURN/SIDEMARKERLIGHTBulb replacement requires the removal ofthe headlight assembly. If replacement isrequired, see your NISSAN dealer.

FOG LIGHTS

Replacing the fog light bulb1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.

2. Remove the two splash shield screws(see illustration).

3. Position the splash shield aside to allowaccess to the fog light bulb.

4. Disconnect the fog light electrical con-nector.

5. Rotate the fog light bulb counterclock-wise and pull it out of the fog light assem-bly.

6. Follow the instructions in reverse order toinstall a new bulb.

LDI0114 LDI0115

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31

Z X

Page 210: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

EXTERIOR AND INTERIORLIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.Headlight assembly

Low (Halogen) 55 H1Low (Xenon) (special) D2RHigh 60 HB3 (9005)Park/Turn/Sidemarker 27/8 1157

Front Fog light 51 HB4 (9006)Step light — 158Rear combination light:

Tail/Stop 27/8 3157Turn 27 3156Backup (reversing) 13 912Sidemarker 5 168

License plate light 5 168High-mounted stop light

InsideSpoiler (if so equipped)

18See an authorizedNISSAN dealer forassistance

921

Interior light 8 68Map light 10 578Trunk light 3.4 158Glove box light (if so equipped) 3.4 658

8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 211: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

1. Map light

2. Interior light

3. Step light

4. Fog light

5. Rear combination light

6. License plate light

7. Trunk light

8. High-mount stoplight

9. Headlamp assembly

LDI0086

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33

Z X

Page 212: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens, lamp and/or cover as shown in thefollowing illustrations.

ADI1049

LDI0127 LDI0118

8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 213: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

LDI0117

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35

Z X

Page 214: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

LDI0128

8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 215: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WDI0132

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37

Z X

Page 216: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

If you have a flat tire, see the ‘‘In case ofemergency’’ section of this manual.

TIRE PRESSUREMaximum inflation pressureDo not exceed the maximum inflation pres-sures shown on the side wall of the tire.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure (including the spare) atleast once a month and always prior to longdistance trips. Incorrect tire pressure may ad-versely affect tire life and vehicle handling. Tirepressure should be checked when tires areCOLD. Tires are considered COLD after the

vehicle has been parked for three or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds. COLD tire pressures areshown on the tire placard affixed to the centerconsole lid.

WARNING● Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-

denly and cause an accident.● The vehicle weight capacity is indi-

cated on the tire placard. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this capacity.Overloading your vehicle may result inreduced tire life, unsafe operatingconditions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handling charac-teristics and could also lead to a seri-ous accident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also result infailure of other vehicle components.

● Before taking a long trip, or when-ever you heavily load your vehicle,use a tire pressure gauge to ensurethat the tire pressures are at thespecified level.

● Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (140 km/h) unless it is equippedwith high speed rated tires. Driving

faster than 85 MPH (140 km/h) may-result in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to ‘‘Important Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet (US) or ‘‘Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty andRoadside Assistance Informationbooklet (Canada).

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING● When changing or replacing tires, be

sure all four tires are of the sametype (i.e., summer, all season orsnow) and construction. An autho-rized NISSAN dealer may be able tohelp you with information about tiretype, size, speed rating and availabil-ity. Replacement tires may have alower speed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not match-the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

DI1033M

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 217: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to ‘‘Important Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet (US) or ‘‘Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty andRoadside Assistance Informationbooklet (Canada).

All Season tires

NISSAN specifies All Season tires on somemodels to provide good performance foruse all year around, including snowy and icyroad conditions. All Season Tires are iden-tified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S on thetire sidewall. Snow tires have better snowtraction than All Season tires and may bemore appropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance insnow and ice is substantially reduced. Sum-mer tires do not have the tire traction ratingM&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the

use of SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.SStates and Canadian Provinces prohibittheir use. Check local, state and provinciallaws before installing studded tires. Skidand traction capabilities of studded snowtires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorerthan that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper size

for the tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sug-gestions. Use only SAE class ‘‘S’’ chains.Other types may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended bythe tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tightfit. Loose end links of the tire chain must besecured or removed to prevent the possibil-ity of whipping action damage to the fendersor underbody. If possible, avoid fully loadingyour vehicle when using tire chains. In ad-dition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,your vehicle may be damaged and/or ve-hicle handling and performance may beadversely affected.

Never install tire chains on TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tires. Do not use tirechains on dry roads.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39

Z X

Page 218: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.

CHANGING TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire rotationTires should be rotated every 7,500 miles(12,000 km).

See ‘‘Flat tire’’ in the ‘‘In case of emergency’’section for tire replacing procedures.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with a nuttightening torque:

80 ft-lb (107 N zm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times. It isrecommended that wheel nuts betightened to specification at each ro-tation interval.

WARNING● After rotating the tires, check and

adjust the tire pressure.● Retighten the wheel nuts when the

vehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

● Do not include the spare tire in thetire rotation.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to ‘‘Important Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet (US) or ‘‘Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty andRoadside Assistance InformationBooklet (Canada).

Tire wear and damage

WARNING● Tires should be periodically in-

spected for wear, cracking, bulging,or objects caught in the tread. Ifexcessive wear, cracks, bulging, ordeep cuts are found, the tire(s)should be replaced.

● The original tires have a built-intread wear indicator. When the wearindicator is visible, the tire(s) shouldbe replaced.

DI1035M

8-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 219: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

● Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, contact an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to ‘‘Important Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet (US) or ‘‘Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty andRoadside Assistance Informationbooklet (Canada).

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carryingcapacity as originally equipped. Recom-mended types and sizes are shown in‘‘wheels/tire size’’ in the ‘‘Technical and con-sumer information’’ section of this manual.

WARNING● The use of tires other than those rec-

ommended, or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction (bias,bias-belted, radial), or tread patterns

can adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance,speedometer calibration, headlightaim and bumper height. Some of theseeffects may lead to accidents andcould result in serious personal injury.

● If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear, de-grade vehicle handling characteris-tics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brakepad/shoe wear. Refer to ‘‘Wheel/tiresize’’ in the ‘‘Technical and con-sumer information’’ section of thismanual for wheel off-set dimen-sions.

● Do not install a deformed wheel ortire even if it has been repaired. Suchwheels or tires could have unknownstructural damage and could failwithout warning.

● The use of retread tires is not recom-mended.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to ‘‘Important Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet (US) or ‘‘Tire SafetyInformation’’ in the Warranty andRoadside Assistance InformationBooklet (Canada).

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle. Spinbalancing the front wheels on the vehiclecould lead to transmission damage.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to ‘‘Important Tire Safety In-formation’’ in the Warranty InformationBooklet (US) or ‘‘Tire Safety Informa-tion’’ in the Warranty and Roadside As-sistance Information Booklet (Canada).

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-41

Z X

Page 220: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Care of wheels● Wash the wheels when washing the ve-

hicle to maintain their appearance.

● Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

● Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

● Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause lossof pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

● NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetireObserve the following precautions if theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire mustbe used, otherwise your vehicle could bedamaged or involved in an accident:

WARNING● The spare tire should be used for

emergency use only. It should bereplaced with the standard tire at thefirst opportunity to avoid possibletire or differential damage.

● Drive carefully while the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

● Periodically check spare tire infla-tion pressure. Always keep the pres-sure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

● With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive thevehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH(80 km/h).

● When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used onthe rear wheels and the original tireused on the front wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only on thefront (original) tires.

● Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

● Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

● Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

● Do not tow a trailer when the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire isinstalled.

CAUTION● Do not use tire chains on the TEM-

PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

● Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller than theoriginal tire, ground clearance is re-duced. To avoid damage to the ve-hicle, do not drive over obstacles.Also, do not drive the vehiclethrough an automatic car wash sinceit may get caught.

8-42 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z X

Page 221: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........9-2Fuel recommendation........................................9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation...........9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number..............9-6Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ...............................9-7

Specifications .........................................................9-8Engine ...............................................................9-8Wheels and tires................................................9-9Dimensions and weights ...................................9-9

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ....................................................9-10Vehicle identification ............................................9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate.................................................................9-10Vehicle identification number(chassis number) .............................................9-10Engine serial number ......................................9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label ...........................9-11Emission control information label ..................9-12

Tire placard......................................................9-12Air conditioner specification label....................9-12

Installing front license plate..................................9-13Vehicle loading information..................................9-13

Terms...............................................................9-13Determining vehicle load capacity...................9-14Loading tips .....................................................9-14

Towing a trailer.....................................................9-15Maximum load limits........................................9-15Towing load/specification chart .......................9-16Towing safety ..................................................9-16

Uniform tire quality grading..................................9-18Emission control system warranty .......................9-19Reporting safety defects (US only) ......................9-19Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) .......................................................9-20

Owner’s manual/service manual orderinformation.......................................................9-21In the event of a collision ................................9-22

Z X

Page 222: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the ‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)Recommended Fluids and LubricantsUS

measureImp

measure Liter

Fuel 20 gal 16-5/8 gal 75.8 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1Engine oil *7

Drain and refillWith oil filter change QR25DE 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.2

● API Certification Mark *2 *3● API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ, Energy

Conserving *2 *3● ILSAC grade GF-I & GF-II *2 *3

VQ35DE 4-1/4 qt 3-1/2 qt 4.0Without oil filter change QR25DE 4-1/4 qt 3-1/2 qt 4.0

VQ35DE 3-7/8 qt 3-1/4 qt 3.7Cooling system

With reservoir QR25DEVQ35DE 9-1/4 qt 7-3/4 qt 8.8

50% Genuine NISSAN Anti-freeze coolant or equivalent50% Demineralized or distilled water

Manual transmission gear oil 3-5/8 to 3-7/8 3 to 3-1/8 3.4 to 3.6 API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W - 85 only

Automatic transmission fluidRefill to the proper level according to the instructions in the‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section.

NISSAN Matic ‘D’ (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSANAutomatic Transmission Fluid.*4

Power steering fluid Genuine NISSAN PSF II or equivalent.*8

Brake and clutch fluid Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid*5 or equivalentDOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*6Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type DH-PS or equivalent*6

*1: For further details, see ‘‘Fuel recommendation.’’*2: For further details, see ‘‘Engine oil and oil filter recommendations.’’*3: For further details, see ‘‘Recommended SAE engine oil viscosity.’’*4: DexronTM III/MerconTM or equivalent may also be used. Outside the Continental United States and Alaska contact an authorized NISSAN dealership for more

information regarding suitable fluids, including recommended brand(s) of DexronTM III/MerconTM Automatic Transmission Fluid.*5: Available in mainland USA through your authorized NISSAN dealer.*6: For further details, see “Air conditioner specification label.”*7: For further details, see ‘‘Changing engine oil.’’*8: Genuine NISSAN PSF, Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid, Dexron™ III/Mercon™, or equivalent ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 223: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONFor 2.5L engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) (Research octane number 91).

For 3.5L engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For improved vehicle performance, NISSANrecommends the use of unleaded premiumgasoline with an octane rating of at least 91AKI number (Research octane number 96).

CAUTION

● Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

● Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing re-formulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. NISSAN supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you use refor-mulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. Nissan does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your NISSANcannot be readily determined. If in doubt,ask your service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usageof such fuels may cause vehicle perfor-mance problems and/or fuel system dam-age.

● The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

● If an oxygenate-blend other than amethanol blend is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

● If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system dam-age and/or vehicle performance prob-lems. At this time, sufficient data isnot available to ensure that all metha-nol blends are suitable for use inNISSAN vehicles.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Z X

Page 224: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are experi-enced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,immediately change to a non-oxygenatefuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygen-ates can cause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofany fuel additives (i.e.: fuel injector cleaner,octane booster, intake valve deposit remov-ers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may containactive solvents or similar ingredients thatcan be harmful to the fuel system andengine.

Octane rating tipsIn most parts of North America, you shoulduse unleaded gasoline with an octane ratingof at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-ber. However, you may use unleaded gaso-line with an octane rating as low as 85 AKI(Anti-Knock Index) number in high altitudeareas [over 4,000 ft (1,219 m)] such as:Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, Utah,

Wyoming, northeastern Nevada, southernIdaho, western South Dakota, western Ne-braska, and the part of Texas which isdirectly south of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above can causepersistent, heavy ‘‘spark knock.’’(‘‘Spark knock’’ is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistent heavyspark knock even when using gasolineof the stated octane rating, or if you hearsteady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, have anauthorized dealer correct the condition.Failure to correct the condition is misuseof the vehicle, for which NISSAN is notresponsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in sparkknock, after-run or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or en-gine damage. If any of the above symptomsare encountered, have your vehiclechecked at an authorized NISSAN dealer orother competent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is

no cause for concern, because you getthe greatest fuel benefit when there islight spark knock for a short time underheavy engine load.

9-4 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 225: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose engine oil with thecorrect quality and viscosity oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.NISSAN recommends the use of a lowfriction oil (energy conserving oil) in order toimprove fuel economy and conserve en-ergy. Oils which do not have the specifiedquality label should not be used as theycould cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) CERTIFICATIONMARK on the front of the container shouldbe used. This type of oil supersedes theexisting API SG, SH, or SJ and EnergyConserving I & II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APICERTIFICATION MARK, use an API gradeSG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or APIgrade SJ, Energy Conserving oil. An oil witha single designation SG or SH, or in combi-nation with other categories (for example,SG/CC or SG/CD) may also be used if onewith the API CERTIFICATION MARK cannot

be found. An ILSAC grade GF-I & GF-II oilcan also be used.Mineral based or synthetic type oils may beused in your NISSAN vehicle. These oilsmust however, meet the API quality andSAE viscosity ratings specified for your ve-hicle. Do not mix mineral based and syn-thetic type oils in the engine.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because of this,it is important that the engine oil viscosity beselected based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. The chart ‘‘Recom-mended SAE viscosity number’’ shows therecommended oil viscosities for the ex-pected ambient temperatures. Choosing anoil viscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

WTI0033

Technical and consumer information 9-5

Z X

Page 226: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped witha high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter.When replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oilfilter or its equivalent for the reason de-scribed in ‘‘Change intervals’’.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter otherthan the specified quality, or oil and filterchange intervals longer than recommendedcould reduce engine life. Damage to theengine caused by improper maintenance oruse of incorrect oil and filter quality and/orviscosity is not covered by the new NISSANvehicle warranties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how you useyour vehicle. Operation under the followingconditions may require more frequent oiland filter changes:

— repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

— driving in dusty conditions,

— extensive idling,

— towing a trailer.

RECOMMENDED SAEVISCOSITY NUMBER

● SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferredfor all temperatures. SAE 10W-30 or10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if

TI1028

9-6 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 227: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

the ambient temperature is above 0°F(-18°C).

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioner system in this NIS-SAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and thelubricant, NISSAN A/C system oil Type Ror the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant orlubricant will cause severe damage tothe air conditioning system and willrequire the replacement of all air con-ditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernment regulations require the recov-ery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioner system service.An authorized NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment needed

to recover and recycle your air conditionersystem refrigerant.

Contact an authorized NISSAN dealer whenservicing your air conditioner system.

Technical and consumer information 9-7

Z X

Page 228: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

ENGINE

Model QR25DE VQ35DEType Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line 6-cylinder, V-block Slanted at 60°Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.5 x 3.9 (89.0 x 100.0) 3.760 x 3.205 (95.5 x 81.4)Displacement cu in (cm3) 152.56 (2,500) 151.82 (2.488) 213.45 (3,498)Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6Idle speedM/T

See the ‘‘Emission Control label’’on the underside of the hood

A/T (in ‘‘N’’ position)

Ignition timing(degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)CO % at idle

Spark plugStandard PLFR5A-11 PLFR5A-11

Hot PLFR4A-11 PLFR4A-11Cold PLFR6A-11 PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.043 (1.1)Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference - Causing Equipment Regulations.

SPECIFICATIONS

9-8 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 229: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheels

Steel All 2.5 models 16 x 6.5JJ

Aluminum All 3.5 models 17 x 7JJ

T type (Spare) 16 x 4T

Offset in (mm) 1.57 (40)

Tire size All 2.5 models 205/65R16

All 3.5 models 215/55R17

Spare tire T135/70R16

Spare tire T135/90R16(1)

Spare tire T135/90D16(1)

Speed Rating 2.5L T

3.5L A/T H

3.5L M/T V

(1) if so equipped

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 191.5 (4,864)

Overall width in (mm) 70.4 (1,788)

Overall height in (mm) 57.9 (1,471)

Front tread in (mm) 61.0 (1,549)

Rear tread in (mm) 61.2 (1,554)

Wheelbase in (mm) 110.2 (2,799)

Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg)See the ‘‘F.M.V.S.S.certification label’’ onthe driver side, centerdoor pillar.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

Technical and consumer information 9-9

Z X

Page 230: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

When planning to travel in another coun-try, you should first find out if the fuelavailable is suitable for your vehicle’s en-gine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is toolow may cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedgasoline. Therefore, avoid taking your ve-hicle to areas where appropriate fuel is notavailable.

When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessary tomodify the vehicle to meet local laws andregulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specificationsmay differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or dis-trict and registered, its modifications,transportation, and registration are theresponsibility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is used inthe vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)The number is located on the floor cross-member under the passenger seat.

LTI0025 WTI0037

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLEIN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

9-10 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 231: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABELThe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards (F.M.V.S.S.) certification label is af-fixed as shown. This label contains valuablevehicle information, such as: Gross VehicleWeight Ratings (GVWR), Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, Vehicle Identification Number,(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

WTI0032 WTI0035 LTI0026

Technical and consumer information 9-11

Z X

Page 232: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label isattached as shown.

TIRE PLACARDThe cold tire pressure is shown on the tireplacard, affixed to the center console lid.

AIR CONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABELThe air conditioner specification label isaffixed as shown.

LTI0027 WTI0036 LTI0028

9-12 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 233: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:1. Make a shallow hole in each plastic fin-

isher at the location mark (small dimple)using a 0.31 in (8 mm) drill. To avoiddamaging the threads behind the finisher,apply only light pressure to the drill.

2. Mount the license plate bracket using two ofthe four 8 mm slotted hex head screws.

3. Use the remaining two 8 mm slotted hexhead screws to mount the license plateto the license plate bracket.

WARNING

● It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside the vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these ar-eas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed.

● Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of the vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

● Be sure everyone in the vehicle is in aseat with their seat belt properly fas-tened.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

● Curb Weight (actual weight of your ve-hicle) - vehicle weight including: standardand optional equipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. This weightdoes not include passengers and cargo.

● GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight of pas-sengers and cargo.

● GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -

WTI0034

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSEPLATE

VEHICLE LOADINGINFORMATION

Technical and consumer information 9-13

Z X

Page 234: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

maximum total weight (load) limit speci-fied for the vehicle.

● GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specified forthe front or rear axle.

DETERMINING VEHICLE LOADCAPACITYThe load capacity of this vehicle is determinedby weight, not by available cargo space. Forexample, a luggage rack, bike carrier, cartopcarrier or similar equipment does not increaseload carrying capacity of your vehicle.

To determine vehicle load capacity:

Vehicle weight can be determined by usinga commercial-grade scale, found at placessuch as a truck stop, gravel quarry, grainelevator, or a scrap metal recycling facility.

1) Determine the curb weight of your vehicle.

2) Compare the curb weight amount to theGVWR specified for your vehicle to de-termine how much more weight yourvehicle can carry.

3) After loading (cargo and passengers),re-weigh your vehicle to determine ifeither GVWR or GAWR for your vehicleis exceeded. If GVWR is exceeded, re-

move cargo as necessary. If either thefront or rear GAWR is exceeded, shift theload or remove cargo as necessary.

LOADING TIPS● The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the FMVSS Cer-tification Label.

● Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING● Properly secure all cargo to help pre-

vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

● Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximumfront and rear GAWRs. If you do,parts of your vehicle can break, or itcan change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in loss ofcontrol and cause personal injury.

● Overloading can shorten the life ofthe vehicle. Failures caused by over-loading are not covered by the vehi-cle’s warranty.

9-14 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 235: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer will place addi-tional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems.

A Nissan Trailer Towing Guide (U.S. only)containing information on trailer towing abilityand the special equipment required may beobtained from an authorized NISSAN dealer.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads:

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed1,000 lb (454 kg). The total trailer loadequals trailer weight plus its cargo weight.Towing loads greater than 1,000 lb (454 kg)or using improper towing equipment couldadversely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan to tow.Tow weights appropriate for level highwaydriving may have to be reduced on verysteep grades or in low traction situations (forexample, on slippery boat ramps).

WARNINGVehicle damage and/or personal injuryresulting from improper towing proce-dures are not covered by NISSAN warran-ties. A NISSAN Trailer Towing Guide (U.S.only) containing information on trailertowing ability and the special equipmentrequired may be obtained from an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

Tongue load:Keep the tongue load between 9 and 11%of the total trailer load. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo to al-low for proper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximum gross axle weight:The gross vehicle weight of the towingvehicle must not exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label. The gross ve-hicle weight equals the combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,

TI1011M TI1012M

TOWING A TRAILER

Technical and consumer information 9-15

Z X

Page 236: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. In addition, front or reargross axle weight must not exceed thegross axle weight rating (GAWR) shown onthe F.M.V.S.S. certification label.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATIONCHART

UNIT: lb (kg)

MAXIMUMTOWING LOAD

1,000 (454)

MAXIMUMTONGUE LOAD

100 (45)

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitchChoose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch isavailable from your NISSAN dealer(Canada only). Make sure the trailer hitch issecurely attached to the vehicle, to helpavoid personal injury or property damagedue to sway caused by crosswinds, roughroad surfaces or passing trucks.

CAUTION

● Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

● The hitch should not be attached toor affect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

● Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to installa trailer hitch.

● To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where practical,remove the hitch and/or receiverwhen not in use.

● After the hitch is removed, seal thebolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes,water or dust from entering the pas-senger compartment.

● Regularly check that all hitch mount-ing bolts are securely mounted.

Tire pressures

● When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tire pres-sure indicated on the tire placard (locatedunder the center console lid).

● Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be inaccordance with the trailer and tiremanufacturer’s specifications.

Safety chainsAlways use suitable chains between yourvehicle and the trailer. Safety chains shouldbe crossed and should be attached to thehitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Besure to leave enough slack in the chains topermit turning corners.

Trailer lightsTrailer lights should comply with federaland/ or local regulations. When wiring thevehicle for towing, connect the stop and taillight pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit.

Trailer brakesIf your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to Federaland/or local regulations and that it is prop-erly installed.

9-16 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 237: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

● Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle ifit has an abnormal nose-up or nose- downcondition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other pos-sible causes of either condition.

● Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

● Be certain your rear view mirrors conformto all federal, state or local regulations. Ifnot, install any mirrors required for towingbefore driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tipsIn order to gain skill and an understandingof the vehicle’s behavior, you should prac-tice turning, stopping and backing up in anarea which is free from traffic. Steeringstability and braking performance will besomewhat different than under normal driv-ing conditions.

● Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

● Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

● Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

● Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

● Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, ifyou must do so, and if your vehicle isequipped with an automatic transmis-sion, first block the wheels and apply theparking brake, and then move the shiftlever into the P position. If you move theshift lever to the P position before block-ing the wheels and applying the parkingbrake, transmission damage could occur.

● When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, downshiftthe transmission to a lower gear andreduce speed to reduce chances of en-gine overloading and/or overheating.

● If the engine coolant rises to an ex-tremely high temperature when the air

conditioner system is on, turn off the airconditioner. Coolant heat can be addi-tionally vented by opening the windows,switching the fan control to high andsetting the temperature control to theHOT position.

● Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

● Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500miles (800 km).

● Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in the recom-mended Maintenance Schedule.

● When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turn thanyour vehicle wheels. To compensate forthis, make a larger than normal turningradius during the turn.

● Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, be pre-pared for possible changes in crosswindsthat could affect vehicle handling. Ifswaying does occur, firmly grip the steer-ing wheel, steer straight ahead, and im-mediately (but gradually) reduce vehicle

Technical and consumer information 9-17

Z X

Page 238: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

speed. This combination will help stabi-lize the vehicle. Never increase speed.

● Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember, the length of thetrailer must also pass the other vehiclebefore you can safely change lanes.

● To maintain engine braking efficiencyand electrical charging performance, donot use fifth gear (manual transmission)or overdrive (automatic transmission).

● Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, change the trans-mission fluid more frequently. For addi-tional information see the ‘‘Maintenanceand do-it-yourself’’ section earlier in thismanual.

DOT (Department of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera-ture A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on tire wear rate when tested undercontrolled conditions on specified govern-ment test courses. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and a half(1-1/2) times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. However,relative tire performance depends on actualdriving conditions, and may vary signifi-cantly due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-

sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlled condi-tions on specified government test surfacesof asphalt and concrete. A tire marked Cmay have poor traction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to your ve-hicle tires is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hydro-planing, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C. They represent a tire’s resistance toheat build-up, and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperature cancause tire material to degenerate, reducingtire life. Excessive temperatures can lead tosudden tire failure. Grade C corresponds toa performance level which all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Aand B represent higher levels of perfor-mance on laboratory test wheels than theminimum required by law.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADING

9-18 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 239: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat buildup andpossible tire failure.

Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by thefollowing emission warranties:For US1) Emission Defects Warranty2) Emissions Performance WarrantyDetails of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet that comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receivea Warranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writing to:● Nissan North America Inc.

Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, CA 90248-0191

For CanadaEmission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty andRoadside Assistance Information Booklet thatcomes with your NISSAN vehicle. If you didnot receive a Warranty and Roadside Assis-tance Information Booklet, or it is lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

● Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to no-tifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may either call theAuto Safety Hotline toll-free at (888) 327-4236. You may also write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation, Washington,D.C. 20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehicle safety fromthe Hotline.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.

In Hawaii call (808) 836-0888.

EMISSION CONTROLSYSTEM WARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETYDEFECTS (US only)

Technical and consumer information 9-19

Z X

Page 240: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Due to legal requirements in some statesand Canadian Provinces, your vehicle maybe required to be in what is called the ‘‘readycondition’’ for an Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the ‘‘ready condition’’when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the ready condition can beobtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehiclemay be reset to a ‘‘not ready’’ condition.Before taking the I/M test, drive the vehiclethrough the following pattern to set the ve-hicle to the ready condition. If you cannot ordo not want to perform the driving pattern, aNISSAN dealer can conduct it for you.

WARNINGAlways drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to trafficconditions and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine when the engine coolanttemperature gauge needle points to C.Allow the engine to idle until the gaugeneedle points between the C and H (nor-mal operating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 mph (88km/h), then quickly release the accelera-tor pedal completely and keep it releasedfor at least 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal fora moment, then drive the vehicle at aspeed of 53 to 60 mph (86 to 96 km/h) forat least 5 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 mph (55km/h) and maintain the speed for 20seconds.

6. Repeat steps four through five at leastthree times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 mph (88km/h) and maintain the speed for at least3 minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle (shift lever in the ‘‘P’’ or‘‘N’’ position).

9. Rev the engine up between 2,500 and3,500 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutiveminutes, then release the acceleratorpedal completely.

10. Wait 5 seconds at idle.

11. Rev the engine up between 2,000 and

3,000 rpm and maintain it for 5 consecu-tive minutes.

12. Stop the vehicle and turn the engine off.

13. Repeat steps one through twelve atleast one more time.

If step one through seven is interrupted,repeat the preceding step. Any safe drivingmode is acceptable between steps. Do notstop the engine until step seven is com-pleted.

READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE(I/M) TEST (US only)

9-20 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 241: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATIONA genuine NISSAN Service Manual is thebest source of service and repair informa-tion for your vehicle. Filled with wiring dia-grams, illustrations and step-by-step diag-nostic and adjustment procedures, thismanual is the same one used by the factorytrained technicians working at authorizedNISSAN dealerships. Also available aregenuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, andgenuine NISSAN Service and Owner’sManuals for older NISSAN models.

In the USA:For current pricing and availability of genu-ine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000model year and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-639-8841www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999model year and prior, see an authorizedNISSAN dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood Road

Technical and consumer information 9-21

Z X

Page 242: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Strongsville OH 441361-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals for the 2002model year and prior, see an authorizedNISSAN dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact your nearest NISSAN Dealer. For thephone number and location of a NISSANDealer in your area call the NISSAN Satisfac-tion Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingualNISSAN representative will assist you.Also available are Genuine NISSAN Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older NISSANmodels.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISIONUnfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some important in-formation you should know.

Many insurance companies routinely autho-rize the use of non-genuine collision parts in

order to cut costs, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of GenuineNISSAN Collision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to NISSAN’s original exactingspecifications − if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution issimple. Tell your insurance agent andyour repair shop to only use GenuineNISSAN Collision Parts. Nissan does notwarrant non-Nissan parts, nor doesNISSAN’s warranty apply to damagecaused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help pro-tect your personal safety, preserve yourwarranty protection and maintain the resalevalue of your vehicle. And if your vehiclewas leased, using Genuine NISSAN Partsmay prevent or limit unnecessary excesswear and tear expenses at the end of yourlease.

NISSAN designs its hoods with crumplezones to minimize the risk that the hood willpenetrate the windshield of your vehicle inan accident. Non-genuine (imitation) partsmay not provide such built in safeguards.Also, non-genuine parts often show prema-

ture wear, rust and corrosion.

Why should you take a chance?In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used torepair your vehicle. And some states haveenacted laws that restrict insurance compa-nies from authorizing the use of non-genuine collision parts during the new ve-hicle warranty. These laws help protect you,so you can take action to protect yourself.

It’s your right!If you should need further information visitus at: www.nissandriven.com.

9-22 Technical and consumer information

Z X

Page 243: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

10 Index

A

Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) ........................................................ 1-8Air bag warning light ................. 1-14, 1-19, 2-9Air cleaner housing filter............................ 8-21Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ........................ 4-5Air conditioner service .......................... 4-11Air conditioner specification label ......... 9-12Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubrication recommendations.................. 9-7Heater and air conditioner controls ........ 4-3Servicing air conditioner ....................... 4-11

Air flow charts .............................................. 4-6Alarm system (See vehicle securitysystem) ...................................................... 2-13Anchor point locations ............................... 1-37Antenna...................................................... 4-29Anti-lock brake system (ABS).................... 5-19Anti-lock brake warning light ..................... 2-10Armrests....................................................... 1-7Audio system

FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)changer ....................................... 4-16, 4-21

Autolamp switch......................................... 2-20Automatic

Automatic power window switch .......... 2-32

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ...... 8-14Driving with automatic transmission....... 5-4

B

Battery........................................................ 8-17Battery

Charge warning light .............................. 2-9Battery replacement (See remote keylessentry system) ............................................... 3-8Before starting the engine ........................... 5-6Belts (See drive belts)........................ 8-19, 9-8Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .............. 5-19Brake booster ....................................... 8-26Brake fluid............................................. 8-16Brake pedal .......................................... 8-25Brake system .............................. 2-12, 5-18Brake warning light ............................... 2-10Brake wear indicators ................. 2-12, 8-26Parking brake check............................. 8-25Parking brake operation ....................... 5-13Self-adjusting brakes ............................ 8-26

Break-in schedule ...................................... 5-15Bulb check/instrument panel ....................... 2-8Bulb replacement....................................... 8-32

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants...................................................... 9-2Car phone or CB radio .............................. 4-29Cargo (See vehicle loading information) ... 9-13Check engine indicator light(See malfunction indicator light) ................ 2-11Child restraint with top tether strap ........... 1-37Child restraints ........................ 1-23, 1-28, 1-35Child safety rear door lock .......................... 3-4Cleaning exterior and interior ...................... 7-2Clutch

Clutch fluid............................................ 8-16Clutch pedal.......................................... 8-26

Cold weather driving.................................. 5-21Controls

Heater and air conditioner controls ........ 4-3Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................ 9-2Changing engine coolant...................... 8-10Checking engine coolant level ............... 8-9Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-6

Corrosion protection .................................... 7-5Cruise control............................................. 5-14Cup holders ............................................... 2-27

Z X

Page 244: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

D

Daytime running light system(Canada only) ............................................ 2-20Defogger switch

Rear window defogger switch .............. 2-17Dimensions and weights.............................. 9-9Door locks.................................................... 3-2Door open warning light .............................. 2-9Drive belts.................................................. 8-19Driving

Cold weather driving............................. 5-21Driving with automatic transmission....... 5-4Driving with manual transmission........... 5-5Precautions when starting and driving ... 5-2

E

Economy - fuel........................................... 5-16Emission control information label............. 9-12Emission control system warranty............. 9-19Engine

Before starting the engine ...................... 5-6Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................ 9-2Changing engine coolant...................... 8-10Changing engine oil.............................. 8-11Changing engine oil filter...................... 8-13Checking engine coolant level ............... 8-9Checking engine oil level ..................... 8-10

Engine compartment checklocations .......................................... 8-7, 8-8Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-6Engine cooling system ........................... 8-9Engine oil .............................................. 8-10Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation ..................................... 9-5Engine oil pressure warning light.. 2-12, 2-8Engine oil viscosity ................................. 9-5Engine serial number ........................... 9-11Engine specifications.............................. 9-8Starting the engine ................................. 5-7

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide)................. 5-2Eyeglass case............................................ 2-26

F

Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch)........................................................ 2-23Flat tire......................................................... 6-2Floor mat positioning aid ............................. 7-5Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ...... 8-14Brake fluid............................................. 8-16Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................ 9-2Clutch fluid............................................ 8-16Engine coolant........................................ 8-9Engine oil .............................................. 8-10Power steering fluid.............................. 8-15Window washer fluid ............................ 8-17

F.M.V.S.S. certification label ..................... 9-11

Front fog light switch ................................. 2-21Front seats................................................... 1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................ 9-2Fuel economy ....................................... 5-16Fuel filler cap ........................................ 3-12Fuel filler lid lock opener lever ............. 3-12Fuel gauge.............................................. 2-6Fuel octane rating................................... 9-4Fuel recommendation............................. 9-3

Fuses ......................................................... 8-27Fusible links ............................................... 8-27

G

GaugeEngine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-6Fuel gauge.............................................. 2-6Odometer................................................ 2-3Speedometer .......................................... 2-3Tachometer............................................. 2-6Trip odometer ......................................... 2-3

General maintenance .................................. 8-3Glove box................................................... 2-28Glove box lock ........................................... 2-28

H

Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-23Head restraints ............................................ 1-7

10-2

Z X

Page 245: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Headlight and turn signal switch ............... 2-18Heated seats.............................................. 2-24Heater

Heater and air conditioner controls ........ 4-3Heater operation..................................... 4-4

Homelink TransceiverIntegrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver (If so equipped) ................ 2-35

Hood release ............................................... 3-9Horn ........................................................... 2-23

I

Ignition switch .............................................. 5-4Immobilizer system ..................... 2-14, 3-2, 5-6Important vehicle information label............ 9-11Increasing fuel economy............................ 5-16Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders).................................................... 2-8Inside mirror............................................... 3-15Instrument brightness control .................... 2-20Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver(If so equipped).......................................... 2-35Interior light ................................................ 2-34Interior trunk lid release............................. 3-11

J

Jump starting...................................... 6-6, 8-18

K

Key............................................................... 3-2Keyless entry system (See remote keylessentry system) ............................................... 3-5

L

LabelsAir conditioner specification label ......... 9-12Emission control information label........ 9-12Engine serial number ........................... 9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label ................ 9-11Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate ...................................................... 9-10Warning labels (for SRS) ..................... 1-19

License plateInstalling the license plate .................... 9-13

LightAir bag warning light ............ 1-14, 1-19, 2-9Bulb check/instrument panel .................. 2-8Bulb replacement.................................. 8-32Charge warning light .............................. 2-9Front fog light switch ............................ 2-21Headlight and turn signal switch .......... 2-18Interior light........................................... 2-34Low washer fluid warning light ............. 2-10Spotlights (See map light) .................... 2-34Trunk light............................................. 2-35Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders................................................ 2-8

LockChild safety rear door lock ..................... 3-4Door locks............................................... 3-2Fuel filler lid lock opener lever ............. 3-12Glove box lock...................................... 2-28Power door locks.................................... 3-3Trunk lid lock opener lever ................... 3-10

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance ............................. 8-3Maintenance precautions ................ 8-2, 8-5Outside the vehicle................................. 8-3Seat belt maintenance.......................... 1-28Under the hood and vehicle ................... 8-4

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) ............... 2-11Map lights .................................................. 2-34Meters and gauges .............................. 2-2, 2-3Mirror

Inside mirror.......................................... 3-15Outside mirror control ........................... 3-16Vanity mirror ......................................... 3-14

Multi-remote control system (See remotekeyless entry system) .................................. 3-5Multi-remote controller batteryreplacement ............................................... 8-29

N

Nissan vehicle immobilizer system(NVIS) ......................................... 2-13, 3-2, 5-6

10-3

Z X

Page 246: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) ........ 9-3Odometer ..................................................... 2-3Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................ 9-2Changing engine oil.............................. 8-11Changing engine oil filter...................... 8-13Checking engine oil level ..................... 8-10Engine oil .............................................. 8-10Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation ..................................... 9-5Engine oil viscosity ................................. 9-5

Outside mirror control ................................ 3-16Overheat

If your vehicle overheats ........................ 6-8Owner’s manual/service manual orderinformation ................................................. 9-21

P

ParkingParking brake check............................. 8-25Parking brake operation ....................... 5-13Parking/parking on hills ........................ 5-17

PowerPower door locks.................................... 3-3Power outlet.......................................... 2-25Power steering fluid.............................. 8-15Power steering system ......................... 5-18

Power windows..................................... 2-31Precautions

Maintenance precautions ................ 8-2, 8-5Precautions on seat belt usage............ 1-21Precautions when starting and driving ... 5-2

Push starting................................................ 6-8

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio ......................... 4-29FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)changer ....................................... 4-16, 4-21

Readiness for inspection maintenance(I/M) test..................................................... 9-20Rear seat ..................................................... 1-6Rear window defogger switch ................... 2-17Refrigerant recommendation ....................... 9-7Registering your vehicle in anothercountry ....................................................... 9-10Remote keyless entry system ..................... 3-5Reporting safety defects (USA)................. 9-19

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock ..................... 3-4Reporting safety defects (USA)............ 9-19

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment................ 1-3Front power seat adjustment.................. 1-4

Seat beltPrecautions on seat belt usage............ 1-21Seat belt extenders .............................. 1-28Seat belt maintenance.......................... 1-28Seat belts.............................................. 1-21Shoulder belt height adjustment........... 1-27Three-point type with retractor ............. 1-24

Seat belt warning light ................................. 2-9Seatback pockets ...................................... 2-26Seatback side pockets............................... 2-26Seats

Front seats.............................................. 1-2Heated seats ........................................ 2-24Rear seat ................................................ 1-6

Self-adjusting brakes ................................. 8-26Servicing air conditioner ............................ 4-11Shifting

Manual transmission............................. 5-12Shoulder belt height adjustment................ 1-27Spark plug replacement............................. 8-20Speedometer ............................................... 2-3Spotlights (See map light) ......................... 2-34SRS warning label ..................................... 1-19Starting

Before starting the engine ...................... 5-6Jump starting................................. 6-6, 8-18Precautions when starting and driving ... 5-2Push starting........................................... 6-8Starting the engine ................................. 5-7

SteeringPower steering fluid.............................. 8-15Power steering system ......................... 5-18

10-4

Z X

Page 247: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Tilting steering wheel............................ 3-13Storage ...................................................... 2-26Sunglasses case........................................ 2-26Sunroof ...................................................... 2-33Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels ............ 1-19Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system).................... 1-8Switch

Autolamp switch ................................... 2-20Automatic power window switch .......... 2-32Front fog light switch ............................ 2-21Hazard warning flasher switch ............. 2-23Headlight and turn signal switch .......... 2-18Ignition switch ......................................... 5-4Rear window defogger switch .............. 2-17Windshield wiper and washer switch ... 2-17

T

Tachometer.................................................. 2-6Three-way catalyst....................................... 5-2Tilting steering wheel................................. 3-13Tire

Flat tire.................................................... 6-2Spare tire....................................... 6-5, 8-42Tire chains ............................................ 8-39Tire placard........................................... 9-12Tire pressure ............................... 8-38, 9-16Tire rotation .......................................... 8-40Uniform tire quality grading .................. 9-18Wheels and tires................................... 8-38

Wheel/tire size ........................................ 9-9Towing

Tow truck towing .................................... 6-9Towing load/specification chart ............ 9-16Trailer towing ........................................ 9-15

TransmissionAutomatic transmission fluid (ATF) ...... 8-14Driving with automatic transmission....... 5-4Driving with manual transmission........... 5-5

Travel (See registering your vehicle inanother country)......................................... 9-10Trip odometer .............................................. 2-3Trunk access through the rear seat ............ 1-6Trunk lid lock opener lever ........................ 3-10Trunk light .................................................. 2-35Turn signal switch (See headlight and turnsignal switch).................................... 2-18, 2-21

U

Uniform tire quality grading ....................... 9-18

V

Vanity mirror .............................................. 3-14Vehicle dimensions and weights ................. 9-9Vehicle identification .................................. 9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)(chassis number) ....................................... 9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate ........................................................... 9-10

Vehicle loading information ....................... 9-13Vehicle recovery ........................................ 6-11Vehicle security system............................. 2-14Ventilators .................................................... 4-2

W

WarningAir bag warning light ............ 1-14, 1-19, 2-9Hazard warning flasher switch ............. 2-23Vehicle security system........................ 2-14Warning labels (for SRS) ..................... 1-19Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders................................................ 2-8

Weights (See dimensions and weights) ...... 9-9Wheels and tires........................................ 8-38Wheel/tire size ............................................. 9-9When traveling or registering your vehiclein another country...................................... 9-10Window washer fluid.................................. 8-17Windows

Locking passengers’ windows.............. 2-32Power windows..................................... 2-31

Windshield wiper and washer switch ........ 2-17Wiper

Windshield wiper and washer switch ... 2-17Wiper blades......................................... 8-24

10-5

Z X

Page 248: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

MEMO

10-6

Z X

Page 249: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

Recommended fuel:

For 2.5L engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For 3.5L engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For improved vehicle performance, NISSANrecommends the use of unleaded premiumgasoline with an octane rating of at least 91AKI number (Research octane number 96).

Recommended engine oil:● API Certification Mark● API grade SG/SH Energy Conserving I &

II or API grade SJ Energy Conserving● ILSAC grade GF-1 & GF-II● 5W-30 Viscosity preferred

See ‘‘Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tion’’ in the ‘‘Technical and consumer infor-mation’’ section.

Tire cold pressure:See the tire placard located under the cen-ter console lid.

Recommended new vehiclebreak-in procedure:

During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “BREAK-IN SCHEDULE In-formation found in the “Starting and Driving”section of this Owner’s Manual. Followthese recommendations for the future reli-ability and economy of your new vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Z X

Page 250: 2002 ALTIMA OWNER'S MANUAL

WGS0012

Z X